diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/BuildReflectionData.bat b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/BuildReflectionData.bat deleted file mode 100644 index b5a76b2d..00000000 --- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/BuildReflectionData.bat +++ /dev/null @@ -1,153 +0,0 @@ -@ECHO OFF - -IF NOT EXIST "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\*.xml" GOTO BuildData - -ECHO * -ECHO * %DXROOT%Data\Reflection already exists. -ECHO * -ECHO * With the October 2007 release and on, it is not necessary to create the -ECHO * files unless you install a newer version of the .NET Framework. If -ECHO * you want to recreate it, you must delete the folder first. -ECHO * -PAUSE -GOTO Done - -:BuildData -ECHO * -ECHO * This will build the Sandcastle refelection data prior to first use. -ECHO * This may take up to 30 minutes so please be patient. Hit any key -ECHO * to start or Ctrl+C to cancel. -ECHO * -ECHO * NOTE: If running this on Vista, you may need to edit the shortcut that -ECHO * started this script to give it Run as Administrator priviliges. -ECHO * -PAUSE - -REM Determine the most recent .NET version installed -SET DNVER=2.0 - -IF EXIST "%WINDIR%\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v3.0\*.*" SET DNVER=3.0 -IF EXIST "%WINDIR%\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v3.5\*.*" SET DNVER=3.5 - -"%WINDIR%\Microsoft.Net\Framework\v3.5\msbuild.exe" "%DXROOT%Examples\Sandcastle\fxReflection.proj" /Property:NetfxVer=%DNVER% /Property:PresentationStyle=vs2005 - -REM Clean up by removing some unnecessary stuff -RD /S /Q "%DXROOT%Data\Tmp" - -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\AdoNetDiag.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\alink.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\aspnet_filter.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\aspnet_isapi.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\Aspnet_perf.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\aspnet_rc.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\CORPerfMonExt.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\cscomp.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\Culture.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\dfdll.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\diasymreader.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\EventLogMessages.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\fusion.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\InstallUtilLib.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\MmcAspExt.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscordacwks.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscordbc.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscordbi.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorie.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorjit.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorld.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorpe.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorrc.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorsec.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorsn.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorsvc.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscortim.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\mscorwks.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\normalization.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\PerfCounter.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\peverify.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\sbscmp20_mscorlib.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\shfusion.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\ShFusRes.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\SOS.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\sysglobl.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\System.EnterpriseServices.Thunk.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\System.EnterpriseServices.Wrapper.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\TLBREF.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\vjsc.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\vjsnativ.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\VsaVb7rt.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\webengine.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WMINet_Utils.xml" - -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\HtmlLite.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\NaturalLanguage6.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\NlsData0009.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\NlsLexicons0009.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\PenIMC.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\PresentationHostDLL.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\SITSetup.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\ServiceModelEvents.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\ServiceMonikerSupport.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1025.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1028.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1029.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1030.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1031.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1032.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1035.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1036.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1037.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1038.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1040.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1041.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1042.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1043.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1044.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1045.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1046.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1049.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1053.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.1055.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.2052.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.2070.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.3082.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapRes.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\WapUI.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\dlmgr.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\gencomp.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\install.res.1033.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1025.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1028.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1029.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1030.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1031.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1032.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1035.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1036.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1037.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1038.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1040.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1041.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1042.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1043.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1044.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1045.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1046.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1049.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1053.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.1055.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.2052.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.2070.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.3082.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\setupres.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\vs70uimgr.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\vs_setup.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\vsbasereqs.xml" -del "%DXROOT%Data\Reflection\vsscenario.xml" - -ECHO * -ECHO * The reflection data has been built. Hit any key to exit. -ECHO * -PAUSE - -:Done diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/CopyCode.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/CopyCode.gif deleted file mode 100644 index 16781626..00000000 Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/CopyCode.gif and /dev/null differ diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/CopyCode_h.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/CopyCode_h.gif deleted file mode 100644 index be87230f..00000000 Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/CopyCode_h.gif and /dev/null differ diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.css b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.css deleted file mode 100644 index ecdda1c0..00000000 --- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.css +++ /dev/null @@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ -.highlight-inline { color: #000066; font-size: 9pt; font-family: Consolas, "Courier New", Courier, monospace; } -.highlight-pre { clear: both; width: 99.5%; background-color: #EFEFF7; padding: 0.4em; font-size: 9pt; font-family: Consolas, "Courier New", Courier, monospace; margin-top: 0px; margin-bottom: 1em; } -.highlight-comment { color: #006633; } -.highlight-literal { color: #CC0000; } -.highlight-number { color: #009966; } -.highlight-keyword { color: #0000FF; } -.highlight-preprocessor { color: #996666; } -.highlight-xml-tag { color: #AA4400 } -.highlight-xml-bracket { color: #0000FF } -.highlight-xml-comment { color: #008800 } -.highlight-xml-cdata { color: #AA0088 } -.highlight-xml-attribute-name { color: #0000FF } -.highlight-xml-attribute-equal { color: #000000 } -.highlight-xml-attribute-value {color: #CC0000 } -.highlight-title { font-weight: bold; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 2px; border-bottom: gray 1px solid; padding-bottom: 3px; } -.highlight-copycode { float: right; padding-right: 10px; font-weight: normal; cursor: pointer; } -.highlight-copycode_h { float: right; padding-right: 10px; font-weight: normal; cursor: pointer; text-decoration: underline} -.highlight-lineno { font-size: 80%; color: black } -.highlight-lnborder { border-right-style: solid; border-right-width: 1px; border-color: gray; padding-right: 4px; margin-right: 4px; width: 4px;} -.highlight-spacer { padding-right: 20px; } -.highlight-spacerShort { padding-right: 5px; } -.highlight-collapsebox { cursor: pointer; color: black; text-align: center; border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; border-color: gray; margin-left: 2px; margin-right: 5px; } -.highlight-collapsed { border-style: solid; border-width: 1px; border-color: gray; margin: 2px; color: gray; } -.highlight-expanded { border-left-style: solid; border-left-width: 1px; border-color: gray; margin-left: 2px; margin-right: 10px; } -.highlight-endblock { border-left-style: solid; border-left-width: 1px; border-bottom-style: solid; border-bottom-width: 1px; border-color: gray; margin-left: 2px; margin-right: 10px; } -.highlight-pshell-cmdlet { color: #5A9EA5; font-weight: bold; } -.highlight-namespace { color: #008284; } diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.js b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.js deleted file mode 100644 index 467fb203..00000000 --- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.js +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -//============================================================================= -// System : Color Syntax Highlighter -// File : Highlight.js -// Author : Eric Woodruff (Eric@EWoodruff.us) -// Updated : 11/13/2007 -// Note : Copyright 2006, Eric Woodruff, All rights reserved -// -// This contains the script to expand and collapse the regions in the -// syntax highlighted code. -// -//============================================================================= - -// Expand/collapse a region -function HighlightExpandCollapse(showId, hideId) -{ - var showSpan = document.getElementById(showId), - hideSpan = document.getElementById(hideId); - - showSpan.style.display = "inline"; - hideSpan.style.display = "none"; -} - -// Copy the code if Enter or Space is hit with the image focused -function CopyColorizedCodeCheckKey(titleDiv, eventObj) -{ - if(eventObj != undefined && (eventObj.keyCode == 13 || - eventObj.keyCode == 32)) - CopyColorizedCode(titleDiv); -} - -// Change the icon as the mouse moves in and out of the Copy Code link -// There should be an image with the same name but an "_h" suffix just -// before the extension. -function CopyCodeChangeIcon(linkSpan) -{ - var image = linkSpan.firstChild.src; - var pos = image.lastIndexOf("."); - - if(linkSpan.className == "highlight-copycode") - { - linkSpan.className = "highlight-copycode_h"; - linkSpan.firstChild.src = image.substr(0, pos) + "_h" + - image.substr(pos); - } - else - { - linkSpan.className = "highlight-copycode"; - linkSpan.firstChild.src = image.substr(0, pos - 2) + image.substr(pos); - } -} - -// Copy the code from a colorized code block to the clipboard. -function CopyColorizedCode(titleDiv) -{ - var preTag, idx, line, block, htmlLines, lines, codeText, hasLineNos, - hasRegions, clip, trans, copyObject, clipID; - var reLineNo = /^\s*\d{1,4}/; - var reRegion = /^\s*\d{1,4}\+.*?\d{1,4}-/; - var reRegionText = /^\+.*?\-/; - - // Find the 
 tag containing the code.  It should be in the next
-    // element or one of its children.
-    block = titleDiv.nextSibling;
-
-    while(block.nodeName == "#text")
-        block = block.nextSibling;
-
-    while(block.tagName != "PRE")
-    {
-        block = block.firstChild;
-
-        while(block.nodeName == "#text")
-            block = block.nextSibling;
-    }
-
-    if(block.innerText != undefined)
-        codeText = block.innerText;
-    else
-        codeText = block.textContent;
-
-    hasLineNos = block.innerHTML.indexOf("highlight-lineno");
-    hasRegions = block.innerHTML.indexOf("highlight-collapsebox");
-    htmlLines = block.innerHTML.split("\n");
-    lines = codeText.split("\n");
-
-    // Remove the line numbering and collapsible regions if present
-    if(hasLineNos != -1 || hasRegions != -1)
-    {
-        codeText = "";
-
-        for(idx = 0; idx < lines.length; idx++)
-        {
-            line = lines[idx];
-
-            if(hasRegions && reRegion.test(line))
-                line = line.replace(reRegion, "");
-            else
-            {
-                line = line.replace(reLineNo, "");
-
-                // Lines in expanded blocks have an extra space
-                if(htmlLines[idx].indexOf("highlight-expanded") != -1 ||
-                  htmlLines[idx].indexOf("highlight-endblock") != -1)
-                    line = line.substr(1);
-            }
-
-            if(hasRegions && reRegionText.test(line))
-                line = line.replace(reRegionText, "");
-
-            codeText += line;
-
-            // Not all browsers keep the line feed when split
-            if(line[line.length - 1] != "\n")
-                codeText += "\n";
-        }
-    }
-
-    // IE or FireFox/Netscape?
-    if(window.clipboardData)
-        window.clipboardData.setData("Text", codeText);
-    else
-        if(window.netscape)
-        {
-            // Give unrestricted access to browser APIs using XPConnect
-            try
-            {
-                netscape.security.PrivilegeManager.enablePrivilege(
-                    "UniversalXPConnect");
-            }
-            catch(e)
-            {
-                alert("Universal Connect was refused, cannot copy to " +
-                    "clipboard.  Go to about:config and set " +
-                    "signed.applets.codebase_principal_support to true to " +
-                    "enable clipboard support.");
-                return;
-            }
-
-            // Creates an instance of nsIClipboard
-            clip = Components.classes[
-                "@mozilla.org/widget/clipboard;1"].createInstance(
-                Components.interfaces.nsIClipboard);
-
-            // Creates an instance of nsITransferable
-            if(clip)
-                trans = Components.classes[
-                    "@mozilla.org/widget/transferable;1"].createInstance(
-                    Components.interfaces.nsITransferable);
-
-            if(!trans)
-            {
-                alert("Copy to Clipboard is not supported by this browser");
-                return;
-            }
-
-            // Register the data flavor
-            trans.addDataFlavor("text/unicode");
-
-            // Create object to hold the data
-            copyObject = new Object();
-
-            // Creates an instance of nsISupportsString
-            copyObject = Components.classes[
-                "@mozilla.org/supports-string;1"].createInstance(
-                Components.interfaces.nsISupportsString);
-
-            // Assign the data to be copied
-            copyObject.data = codeText;
-
-            // Add data objects to transferable
-            trans.setTransferData("text/unicode", copyObject,
-                codeText.length * 2);
-
-            clipID = Components.interfaces.nsIClipboard;
-
-            if(!clipID)
-            {
-                alert("Copy to Clipboard is not supported by this browser");
-                return;
-            }
-
-            // Transfer the data to the clipboard
-            clip.setData(trans, null, clipID.kGlobalClipboard);
-        }
-        else
-            alert("Copy to Clipboard is not supported by this browser");
-}
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index af414d7d..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1293 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-    
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-    
-	
-	
-		
-		
-			break
-			case
-			char
-			const
-			continue
-			default
-			do
-			double
-			else
-			enum
-			extern
-			float
-			for
-			goto
-			if
-			int
-			long
-			return
-			short
-			sizeof
-			static
-			struct
-			switch
-			void
-			volatile
-			while
-		
-		
-		
-			bool
-			catch
-			class
-			explicit
-			false
-			namespace
-			new
-			operator
-			private
-			protected
-			public
-			this
-			throw
-			true
-			try
-			using
-			virtual
-		
-		
-		
-			auto
-			register
-			signed
-			typedef
-			union
-			unsigned
-		
-		
-		
-			asm
-			const_cast
-			delete
-			dynamic_cast
-			friend
-			inline
-			mutable
-			reinterpret_cast
-			static_cast
-			template
-			typeid
-			typename
-			wchar_t
-		
-		
-		
-			vector
-			set
-			map
-			list
-			stack
-			deque
-			multimap
-			multiset
-		
-		
-		
-            abstract
-            array
-            delegate
-            each
-            event
-            finally
-            gcnew
-            generic
-            interface
-            interior_ptr
-            literal
-            nullptr
-            override
-            pin_ptr
-            property
-            ref
-            safe_cast
-            sealed
-            typeid
-            value
-            where
-		
-		
-		
-			abstract
-			as
-			base
-			byte
-			checked
-			decimal
-			delegate
-			event
-			finally
-			fixed
-			foreach
-			implicit
-			in
-			interface
-			internal
-			is
-			lock
-			null
-			object
-			out
-			override
-			params
-			partial
-			readonly
-			ref
-			sbyte
-			sealed
-			stackalloc
-			string
-			typeof
-			uint
-			ulong
-			unchecked
-			unsafe
-			ushort
-		
-		
-		
-			And
-			CBool
-			CByte
-			CDate
-			CDbl
-			CInt
-			CLng
-			CSng
-			CStr
-			Call
-			Case
-			Class
-			Const
-			Date
-			Dim
-			Do
-			Each
-			Else
-			End
-			Erase
-			Error
-			Exit
-			False
-			For
-			Function
-			Get
-			If
-			Is
-			Loop
-			Mod
-			Next
-			Not
-			Nothing
-			On
-			Option
-			Or
-			Private
-			Property
-			Public
-			ReDim
-			Resume
-			Select
-			Set
-			Step
-			Stop
-			String
-			Sub
-			Then
-			To
-			True
-			While
-			With
-			Xor
-		
-		
-		
-			AddHandler
-			AddressOf
-			Alias
-			AndAlso
-			As
-			Boolean
-			ByRef
-			ByVal
-			Byte
-			CChar
-			CDec
-			CObj
-			CSByte
-			CShort
-			CType
-			CUInt
-			CULng
-			CUShort
-			Catch
-			Char
-			Continue
-			Decimal
-			Declare
-			Default
-			Delegate
-			DirectCast
-			Double
-			ElseIf
-			Enum
-			Event
-			Finally
-			Friend
-			GetType
-			Global
-			GoTo
-			Handles
-			Implements
-			Imports
-			In
-			Inherits
-			Integer
-			Interface
-			IsNot
-			Lib
-			Like
-			Long
-			Me
-			Module
-			MustInherit
-			MustOverride
-			MyBase
-			MyClass
-			Namespace
-			Narrowing
-			New
-			NotInheritable
-			NotOverridable
-			Object
-			Of
-			Operator
-			Optional
-			OrElse
-			Overloads
-			Overridable
-			Overrides
-			ParamArray
-			Partial
-			Protected
-			RaiseEvent
-			ReadOnly
-			RemoveHandler
-			Return
-			SByte
-			Shadows
-			Shared
-			Short
-			Single
-			Static
-			Structure
-			SyncLock
-			Throw
-			Try
-			TryCast
-			TypeOf
-			UInteger
-			ULong
-			UShort
-			Using
-			When
-			Widening
-			WithEvents
-			WriteOnly
-		
-		
-		
-			Abs
-			Array
-			Asc
-			Atn
-			CCur
-			Chr
-			Clear
-			Cos
-			CreateObject
-			DateAdd
-			DateDiff
-			DatePart
-			DateSerial
-			DateValue
-			Day
-			Derived
-			Empty
-			Escape
-			Eval
-			Execute
-			ExecuteGlobal
-			Exp
-			Explicit
-			Filter
-			Fix
-			FormatCurrency
-			FormatDateTime
-			FormatNumber
-			FormatPercent
-			GetLocale
-			GetObject
-			GetRef
-			Hex
-			Hour
-			InStr
-			InStrRev
-			InputBox
-			Int
-			IsArray
-			IsDate
-			IsEmpty
-			IsNull
-			IsNumeric
-			IsObject
-			Join
-			LBound
-			LCase
-			LTrim
-			Left
-			Len
-			Let
-			LoadPicture
-			Log
-			Math
-			Maths
-			Mid
-			Minute
-			Month
-			MonthName
-			MsgBox
-			Now
-			Null
-			Oct
-			RGB
-			RTrim
-			Raise
-			Randomize
-			Replace
-			Right
-			Rnd
-			Round
-			ScriptEngine
-			ScriptEngineBuildVersion
-			ScriptEngineMajorVersion
-			ScriptEngineMinorVersion
-			Second
-			SetLocale
-			Sgn
-			Sin
-			Space
-			Split
-			Sqr
-			StrComp
-			StrReverse
-			Tan
-			Test
-			Time
-			TimeSerial
-			TimeValue
-			Timer
-			Trim
-			TypeName
-			UBound
-			UCase
-			Unescape
-			VarType
-			Weekday
-			WeekdayName
-			Wend
-			Write
-			WriteLine
-			Year
-		
-		
-		
-            break
-            case
-            catch
-            const
-            continue
-            debugger
-            default
-            delete
-            do
-            each
-            else
-            export
-            false
-            for
-            function
-            get
-            if
-            in
-            instanceof
-            let
-            new
-            null
-            return
-            set
-            switch
-            this
-            throw
-            true
-            try
-            typeof
-            var
-            void
-            while
-            with
-            yield
-		
-		
-		
-            arguments
-            decodeURI
-            decodeURIComponent
-            encodeURI
-            encodeURIComponent
-            eval
-            isFinite
-            isNaN
-            parseFloat
-            parseInt
-		
-		
-		
-            ActiveXObject
-            Array
-            Boolean
-            Date
-            Debug
-            Enumerator
-            Error
-            EvalError
-            Function
-            Global
-            Math
-            Number
-            Object
-            RangeError
-            ReferenceError
-            RegExp
-            String
-            SyntaxError
-            TypeError
-            URIError
-            VBArray
-		
-		
-		
-            abstract
-            boolean
-            byte
-            char
-            class
-            decimal
-            double
-            enum
-            extends
-            final
-            finally
-            float
-            implements
-            import
-            int
-            interface
-            internal
-            long
-            package
-            private
-            protected
-            protected
-            public
-            sbyte
-            short
-            static
-            super
-            uint
-            ulong
-            ushort
-		
-		
-		
-			abstract
-			boolean
-			break
-			byte
-			case
-			catch
-			char
-			class
-			const
-			continue
-			default
-			delegate
-			do
-			double
-			else
-			enum
-			extends
-			false
-			final
-			finally
-			float
-			for
-			if
-			implements
-			import
-			instanceof
-			int
-			interface
-			long
-			multicast
-			native
-			new
-			null
-			package
-			private
-			protected
-			public
-			return
-			short
-			static
-			strictfp
-			super
-			switch
-			synchronized
-			this
-			throw
-			throws
-			transient
-			true
-			try
-			ubyte
-			void
-			volatile
-			while
-		
-		
-		
-			ADD
-			ALL
-			ALTER
-			AND
-			ANY
-			AS
-			ASC
-			AUTHORIZATION
-			BACKUP
-			BEGIN
-			BETWEEN
-			BREAK
-			BROWSE
-			BULK
-			BY
-			CASCADE
-			CASE
-			CHECK
-			CHECKPOINT
-			CLOSE
-			CLUSTERED
-			COALESCE
-			COLLATE
-			COLUMN
-			COMMIT
-			COMPUTE
-			CONSTRAINT
-			CONTAINS
-			CONTAINSTABLE
-			CONTINUE
-			CONVERT
-			CREATE
-			CROSS
-			CURRENT
-			CURRENT_DATE
-			CURRENT_TIME
-			CURRENT_TIMESTAMP
-			CURRENT_USER
-			CURSOR
-			DATABASE
-			DBCC
-			DEALLOCATE
-			DECLARE
-			DEFAULT
-			DELETE
-			DENY
-			DESC
-			DISK
-			DISTINCT
-			DISTRIBUTED
-			DOUBLE
-			DROP
-			DUMMY
-			DUMP
-			ELSE
-			END
-			ERRLVL
-			ESCAPE
-			EXCEPT
-			EXEC
-			EXECUTE
-			EXISTS
-			EXIT
-			FETCH
-			FILE
-			FILLFACTOR
-			FOR
-			FOREIGN
-			FREETEXT
-			FREETEXTTABLE
-			FROM
-			FULL
-			FUNCTION
-			GOTO
-			GRANT
-			GROUP
-			HAVING
-			HOLDLOCK
-			IDENTITY
-			IDENTITY_INSERT
-			IDENTITYCOL
-			IF
-			IN
-			INDEX
-			INNER
-			INSERT
-			INTERSECT
-			INTO
-			IS
-			JOIN
-			KEY
-			KILL
-			LEFT
-			LIKE
-			LINENO
-			LOAD
-			NATIONAL
-			NOCHECK
-			NONCLUSTERED
-			NOT
-			NULL
-			NULLIF
-			OF
-			OFF
-			OFFSETS
-			ON
-			OPEN
-			OPENDATASOURCE
-			OPENQUERY
-			OPENROWSET
-			OPENXML
-			OPTION
-			OR
-			ORDER
-			OUTER
-			OVER
-			PERCENT
-			PLAN
-			PRECISION
-			PRIMARY
-			PRINT
-			PROC
-			PROCEDURE
-			PUBLIC
-			RAISERROR
-			READ
-			READTEXT
-			RECONFIGURE
-			REFERENCES
-			REPLICATION
-			RESTORE
-			RESTRICT
-			RETURN
-			REVOKE
-			RIGHT
-			ROLLBACK
-			ROWCOUNT
-			ROWGUIDCOL
-			RULE
-			SAVE
-			SCHEMA
-			SELECT
-			SESSION_USER
-			SET
-			SETUSER
-			SHUTDOWN
-			SOME
-			STATISTICS
-			SYSTEM_USER
-			TABLE
-			TEXTSIZE
-			THEN
-			TO
-			TOP
-			TRAN
-			TRANSACTION
-			TRIGGER
-			TRUNCATE
-			TSEQUAL
-			UNION
-			UNIQUE
-			UPDATE
-			UPDATETEXT
-			USE
-			USER
-			VALUES
-			VARYING
-			VIEW
-			WAITFOR
-			WHEN
-			WHERE
-			WHILE
-			WITH
-			WRITETEXT
-		
-		
-		
-			$true
-			$false
-			$_
-			$foreach
-			$host
-			$input
-			$error
-			$null
-			$OFS
-			$PSHOME
-			$switch
-			$this
-		
-        
-        
-            and
-            as
-            assert
-            break
-            class
-            continue
-            def
-            del
-            elif
-            else
-            except
-            exec
-            finally
-            for
-            from
-            global
-            if
-            import
-            in
-            is
-            lambda
-            not
-            or
-            pass
-            print
-            raise
-            return
-            try
-            while
-            with
-            yield
-        
-	
-	
-	
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-                    
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-                    
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-                    
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-                    
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-                    
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-                    
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-			
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-		
-		
-			
-			
-				
-				
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-					
-				
-				
-				
-					
-					
-				
-			
-		
-	
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.xsl b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 6baad2bf..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Colorizer/highlight.xsl	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-/**/
-
-
-
-//
-
-
-
---
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-	<![CDATA[
-	
-	]]>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-	
-		
-			
-				highlight-inline
-				
-			
-		
-		
-			
-		
-	
-
-
-
-	
-
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ColorizerLibrary.dll b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ColorizerLibrary.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index d42ac97d..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ColorizerLibrary.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ColorizerLibrary.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ColorizerLibrary.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 097b19f2..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ColorizerLibrary.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,459 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        ColorizerLibrary
-    
-    
-        
-            
-            A syntax colorizing control
-            
-            Original Author: Jonathan de Halleux, dehalleux@pelikhan.com,
-            2003.
-            
Modified by Eric Woodruff (Eric@EWoodruff.us) 11/2006. The original
-            Code Project article and code by Jonathan can be found at:
-            
-            http://www.codeproject.com/csharp/highlightcs.asp.
-        
-        
-            

-            Renders the code
-            
-            You must specify a colorizing engine using SetSyntaxEngine
-            before calling this method
-            HTML writer
-        
-        
-            
-            The syntax engine does the job.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set the text to colorize
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Code colorizer provides a flexible solution for colorizing code
-            
-            Original Author: Jonathan de Halleux, dehalleux@pelikhan.com,
-            2003.
-            
Modified by Eric Woodruff (Eric@EWoodruff.us) 11/2006. The original
-            Code Project article and code by Jonathan can be found at:
-            
-            http://www.codeproject.com/csharp/highlightcs.asp.
-        
-        
-            

-            Default constructor
-            
-            Unless specified via the properties, the default language
-            and style files will be retrieved from the application
-            configuration file on first use.
-            There are two overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            XML syntax file name
-            XSL style file name
-        
-        
-            
-            Converting to string
-            
-            Returns the syntax and style in a string
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the language file and preprocess it. Also loads the XSL file.
-            
-            Call this method to reload the language files and reset
-            the colorizer to its default state.
-        
-        
-            
-            Processes HTML and highlight code in
-            <code>...</code> and
-            <pre>...</pre> tags.
-            
-            The HTML text to colorize
-            HTML with colorized code blocks
-            See highlight.xml for a list of available languages.
-        
-        
-            
-            Loads the configuration from the App.config/Web.config and create a
-            CodeColorizer.
-            
-            This is thrown if the
-            configuration file could not be loaded, if the
-            ColorizerLibrary/syntax node is not found, or if the
-            ColorizerLibrary/style node is not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to strip a common amount of leading whitespace on all
-            lines of code in the block to colorize and to convert tabs to a
-            consistent number of spaces.
-            
-            The text containing the lines to clean up.
-            The number of spaces to which tab characters
-            are converted.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to number lines and/or add collapsible sections for
-            #region and #if/#else/#endif blocks based on the current settings.
-            
-            The text containing the lines to modify.
-        
-        
-            
-            Build the keyword family regular expressions.
-            
-            This method creates regular expression that match a whole
-            keyword family and adds it as a parameter "regexp" to the
-            keywordlist node.
-        
-        
-            
-            This builds regular expressions out of the context node
-            
-            The language node.
-            The context node.
-            This method creates regular expressions that match all the
-            context rules and adds it as a parameter "regexp" to the context
-            node.
-            The regular expression string for the context node.
-            This is thrown if the
-            regular expression rule is missing the expression attribute, if the
-            keyword list could not be found, or if the keyword list family or
-            regular expression could not be found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This precompiles regular expressions and search strings and
-            prepares rules attribute.
-            
-            The context node
-        
-        
-            
-            This prepares the syntax XML file for use.
-            
-            This is thrown if the
-            highlight node could not be found in the configuration file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to find the rule that triggered the match.
-            
-            The language node.
-            The context node.
-            The text that matched the context regular
-            expression
-            If the Regex finds a rule occurrence, this method is used
-            to find which rule has been triggered.
-            The node that triggered the match or null if no node is
-            found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to apply the context rules successively to the code
-            string that needs colorizing.
-            
-            The language node.
-            The context node.
-            The code block to parse and convert.
-            Parent node that will contain the
-            parsed code.
-            This method uses the pre-computed regular expressions of
-            the context rules, rule matching, etc.  The results are added to
-            the XML document in the parsedcodeNode.
-            This is thrown if a
-            rule match cannot be found or if a matching context node cannot
-            be found.
-        
-        
-            
-            Create and populate an xml document with the corresponding parsed
-            language tree for highlighting.
-            
-            The language node to use for parsing the
-            code. 
-            Root tag (under parsed code) for the
-            generated xml tree. 
-            The code to parse
-            Returns an  document
-            containing the parsed nodes.
-            This method builds an XML tree containing context node.
-            Use an XSL file to render it.
-            This is thrown if the
-            language node does not contain any contexts or if there is no
-            default context node.
-            This is thrown if the
-            main node of the parsed code XML document cannot be created.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used as the match evaluator for the main colorizer
-            regular expression
-            Full match
-        
-        
-            
-            Replace a see tag with a marker and store it in the list
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Replace a see tag marker with the next entry from the saved list
-            of tags.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The syntax file name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The style file name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not lines will be
-            numbered in code blocks without a numberLines attribute.
-            
-            The default is false
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not outlining of #region
-            and #if/#else#/endif blocks is enabled in blocks without an
-            outlining attribute.
-            
-            The default is false.  Note that if enabled, space for the
-            outline markers will only be reserved if the code contains any
-            collapsible regions.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not <see> tags
-            are preserved within the code.
-            
-            The default is false to treat them as part of the colorized
-            code.  If set to true, any <see> tags are preserved so
-            that they may be processed as normal HTML tags.  This is useful when
-            using the code colorizer in conjunction with a documentation tool
-            such as the Sandcastle
-            Help File Builder.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not to use a default title
-            based on the language name if a title is not specified.
-            
-            The default is true.  If set to false, no title will appear
-            if one is not specified.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the tab size override for the colorizer
-            for code blocks without a tabSize attribute and no tab size
-            defined in the syntax file for the selected language.
-            
-            The default is eight.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the text for the Copy link
-            
-            The default is "Copy".
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the image URL for the Copy link.
-            
-            The default is "CopyCode.gif".  A copy of this file with
-            the same name suffixed with "_h" should exist to use as the image
-            when the link is highlighted (i.e. CopyCode_h.gif).
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return a dictionary that maps the language IDs to
-            friendly names.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return a dictionary that maps the alternate IDs
-            to actual IDs present in the syntax file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The line number
-            The match
-            The nesting level
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.  This version assumes it's an #endif
-            
-            The line number
-            The nesting level
-        
-        
-            
-            The line number on which the region part occurs
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the nesting level for the entry
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The region type
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The description for the collapsed text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns true if this entry represents the start of a
-            region.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Some basic function helpers for xml creation.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Private constructor.
-            
-        
-        
-            adds a CDATA child elem
-            node to append child
-            new child node name
-            CDATA value
-            If could not create child node
-            If could not create CDATA node
-        
-        
-            
-            Adds or updates an attribute in the node
-            node to modify
-            Attribute name
-            Attribute value
-            
-        
-        
-            
-             Dictionary associating string to Regex
-            
-            This implementation uses a
-             to store the Regex
-            objects.
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the key name based on the IDs of the two specified
-            nodes.
-            
-            The first node
-            The second node
-            There are two overloads for this method
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the key name based on the IDs of the three specified
-            nodes.
-            
-            The first node
-            The second node
-            The third node
-        
-        
-            
-            Retrieve the regular expression options from the language node
-            
-            langue name
-            RegexOptions enumeration combination
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a regex depending on two nodes
-            
-            The language node
-            The sub-node
-            The regular expression string
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter is null or the regular expression is null.
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter does not have an 'id' attribute or if the regular
-            expression could not be created.
-            There are two overloads for this method
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a regex depending on three nodes
-            
-            The language node
-            The first sub-node
-            The second sub-node
-            The regular expression string
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter is null or the regular expression is null.
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter does not have an 'id' attribute or if the regular
-            expression could not be created.
-        
-        
-            
-            Retrieves the regular expression out of 2 nodes
-            
-            The language node
-            The sub-node
-            The regular expression
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter is null or the regular expression is null.
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter does not have an 'id' attribute.
-        
-        
-            
-            Retrieves the regular expression out of 3 nodes
-            
-            The language node
-            The first sub-node
-            The second sub-node
-            The regular expression
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter is null or the regular expression is null.
-            This is thrown if a node
-            parameter does not have an 'id' attribute.
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Conceptual.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Conceptual.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index a2604af0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Conceptual.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-        Add one or more sections with content
-      
-      
-    

-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Error Message.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Error Message.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 45a8c2a1..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Error Message.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Glossary.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Glossary.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index a32ea199..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Glossary.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-      
-
-      
-      
-        Group #1
-
-        
-          
-            
-            1st term
-            Other term (if any)
-          
-
-          
-            The definition of the term(s)
-          
-
-          
-          
-        
-
-      
-
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/How To.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/How To.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 208d86ae..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/How To.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    
-      Procedure title
-      
-        
-          
-            First step
-          
-        
-        
-          
-            Second step
-          
-        
-      
-      
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Orientation.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Orientation.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index bb2246a6..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Orientation.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference With Syntax.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference With Syntax.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 11a57796..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference With Syntax.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-      
-        

-          Syntax section title
-          
-            Syntax content
-          
-        

-      
-      
-        Parameter reference
-      
-    
-
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-        Add one or more sections with content
-      
-    

-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference Without Syntax.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference Without Syntax.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea71335b..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference Without Syntax.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-        Add one or more sections with content
-      
-    

-
-    
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 29d5abc7..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Reference.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-    
-      Assembly name
-    
-    
-      
-        API member ID
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Architecture.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Architecture.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index e2ae04f7..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Architecture.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-        Add one or more sections with content
-      
-    

-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Code Directory.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Code Directory.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index ea614ebd..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Code Directory.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-      
-        Code list content
-      
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Orientation.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Orientation.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f05df01..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Orientation.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-      
-        "In This Section" info
-      
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Scenarios.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Scenarios.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index e180128e..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Scenarios.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-        Add one or more sections with content
-      
-    

-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Summary.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Summary.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ce9aa98..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/SDK Technology Summary.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-      
-        Keyword content
-      
-    
-
-    
-      
-        Namespaces content
-      
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-        Background content
-      
-    
-
-    
-      "Implementing [Technology Name] Classes" title
-      
-        Implementation content
-      
-    
-
-    
-      "[Technology Name] Classes at a Glance" title
-      
-        At a Glance content
-      
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Sample.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Sample.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index c752e031..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Sample.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,74 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    
-    
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-        Add one or more sections with content
-      
-    

-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Troubleshooting.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Troubleshooting.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 6862ec88..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Troubleshooting.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        < ! - - Uncomment this to create a sub-section outline
-         - - >
-        Section content
-        < ! - - Optional procedures.  See How To document for procedure layout example. - - >
-      
-    

-    -->
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/User Interface Reference.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/User Interface Reference.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 152a7cb8..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/User Interface Reference.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-      
-        Task list content
-      
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        < ! - - Uncomment this to create a sub-section outline
-         - - >
-        Section content
-      
-    

-    -->
-
-    
-      
-        UI element list content
-      
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Walkthrough.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Walkthrough.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index dc53b7d6..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Walkthrough.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-    
-      Procedure title
-      
-        
-          
-            First step
-          
-        
-        
-          
-            Second step
-          
-        
-      
-      
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-          Procedure #2
-          
-            
-              
-                First step
-              
-            
-            
-              
-                Second step
-              
-            
-          
-          
-        
-      
-    

-
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Whitepaper.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Whitepaper.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 4c9b55e5..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/Whitepaper.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      Byline
-    
-
-    
-      Date
-    
-
-    
-      
-        Summary content
-      
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-      
-
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-    

-      Optional section title
-      
-        
-        Add one or more sections with content
-      
-    

-
-    
-
-    
-      
-        Conclusion content
-      
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/XML Reference.aml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/XML Reference.aml
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e01a3d5..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ConceptualTemplates/XML Reference.aml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,105 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-
-    
-
-    
-      Required introduction
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-        

-          Syntax section title
-          
-            Syntax content
-          
-        

-      
-      
-        Parameter reference
-      
-    
-
-    
-      Attributes and elements syntax introduction
-      
-        Attributes syntax
-      
-      
-        Syntax title
-        
-          
-            
-              
-                Attribute header
-              
-            
-          
-          
-            
-              Attribute value
-            
-          
-        

-      
-      
-        Child element syntax
-      
-      
-        Parent element syntax
-      
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/GenerateInheritedDocs.exe b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/GenerateInheritedDocs.exe
deleted file mode 100644
index 403def4e..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/GenerateInheritedDocs.exe and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Help.ico b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Help.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index 603058fb..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Help.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ICSharpCode.TextEditor.dll b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ICSharpCode.TextEditor.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 8087deb6..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ICSharpCode.TextEditor.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Bitmap.bmp b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Bitmap.bmp
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e8e8406..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Bitmap.bmp and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Code Snippets.snippets b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Code Snippets.snippets
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cc254a6..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Code Snippets.snippets	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-  
-    
-      public class CSharpClass()
-      {
-          // Members go here
-      }
-    
-    
-      Public Class VBClass
-          ' Members go here
-      End Class
-    
-  
-
-  
-    
-      CSharpClass x = new CSharpClass();
-    
-    
-      Dim x As VBClass = New VBClass()
-    
-  
-
-  
-    
-      public static CSharpClass sharedInstance = new CSharpClass();
-    
-    
-      Public Shared sharedInstance As VBClass = New VBClass()
-    
-  
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Content Layout.content b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Content Layout.content
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d551b36..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Content Layout.content	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Html Page.html b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Html Page.html
deleted file mode 100644
index bee5a2d7..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Html Page.html	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    New Page
-
-
-
-Content goes here
-
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Script File.js b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Script File.js
deleted file mode 100644
index e0174714..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Script File.js	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-// JScript File
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Site Map.sitemap b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Site Map.sitemap
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a9e2488..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Site Map.sitemap	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Style Sheet.css b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Style Sheet.css
deleted file mode 100644
index 46800d16..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Style Sheet.css	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-body {
-}
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Text File.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Text File.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e69de29b..00000000
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Token File.tokens b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Token File.tokens
deleted file mode 100644
index afdd0ff9..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/Token File.tokens	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-  
-  Token content
-
-  
-  
-    Sandcastle Help File Builder
-    http://www.codeplex.com/SHFB
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/XML File.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/XML File.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index f7343e4d..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/XML File.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/XSLT File.xslt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/XSLT File.xslt
deleted file mode 100644
index d9fb84e7..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/ItemTemplates/XSLT File.xslt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    
-        
-            
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/License.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/License.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3cfb361f..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/License.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-Microsoft Public License (Ms-PL)
-
-This license governs use of the accompanying software. If you use the
-software, you accept this license. If you do not accept the license, do not
-use the software.
-
-1. Definitions
-
-The terms "reproduce," "reproduction," "derivative works," and "distribution"
-have the same meaning here as under U.S. copyright law.
-
-A "contribution" is the original software, or any additions or changes to the
-software.
-
-A "contributor" is any person that distributes its contribution under this
-license.
-
-"Licensed patents" are a contributor's patent claims that read directly on its
-contribution.
-
-2. Grant of Rights
-
-(A) Copyright Grant- Subject to the terms of this license, including the
-license conditions and limitations in section 3, each contributor grants you a
-non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free copyright license to reproduce its
-contribution, prepare derivative works of its contribution, and distribute its
-contribution or any derivative works that you create.
-
-(B) Patent Grant- Subject to the terms of this license, including the license
-conditions and limitations in section 3, each contributor grants you a
-non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free license under its licensed patents to
-make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale, import, and/or otherwise dispose
-of its contribution in the software or derivative works of the contribution in
-the software.
-
-3. Conditions and Limitations
-
-(A) No Trademark License- This license does not grant you rights to use any
-contributors' name, logo, or trademarks.
-
-(B) If you bring a patent claim against any contributor over patents that you
-claim are infringed by the software, your patent license from such contributor
-to the software ends automatically.
-
-(C) If you distribute any portion of the software, you must retain all
-copyright, patent, trademark, and attribution notices that are present in the
-software.
-
-(D) If you distribute any portion of the software in source code form, you may
-do so only under this license by including a complete copy of this license
-with your distribution. If you distribute any portion of the software in
-compiled or object code form, you may only do so under a license that complies
-with this license.
-
-(E) The software is licensed "as-is." You bear the risk of using it. The
-contributors give no express warranties, guarantees or conditions. You may
-have additional consumer rights under your local laws which this license
-cannot change. To the extent permitted under your local laws, the contributors
-exclude the implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a particular
-purpose and non-infringement.
-
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Copyright Notices
------------------
-The ICSharpCode.TextEditor is Copyright (c) 2000-2009 IC#Code, All Rights
-Reserved.
-
-The Weifen Luo DockPanel Suite is Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Weifen Luo, All
-Rights Reserved.
-
-AjaxDoc is Copyright (c) 2006-2009 Bertrand Le Roy, All Rights Reserved.
-
-Script# is Copyright (c) 2007-2009 Nikhil Kothari, All Rights Reserved.
-
-SBAppLocale is Copyright 2005-2009 Steel Bytes, All Rights Reserved.
-
-The code colorizer library is Copyright (c) 2003-2009, Jonathan de Halleux,
-All Rights Reserved.
-
-All other code is Copyright (c) 2006-2009, Eric Woodruff, All Rights Reserved.
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SHFB.url b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SHFB.url
deleted file mode 100644
index 395094ca..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SHFB.url	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-[InternetShortcut]
-URL=http://SHFB.codeplex.com
-ShowCommand=3
-IDList=
-IconFile=http://www.codeplex.com/favicon.ico
-IconIndex=1
-[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
-Prop3=19,2
-[DEFAULT]
-BASEURL=http://SHFB.codeplex.com
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Sandcastle.url b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Sandcastle.url
deleted file mode 100644
index c119d51f..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Sandcastle.url	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-[InternetShortcut]
-URL=http://Sandcastle.codeplex.com
-ShowCommand=3
-IDList=
-IconFile=http://www.codeplex.com/favicon.ico
-IconIndex=1
-[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
-Prop3=19,2
-[DEFAULT]
-BASEURL=http://Sandcastle.codeplex.com
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 369536d7..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,360 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-    
-        
-        This build component is used to search for <code> tags within reference XML comments and conceptual content topics and colorize the code within them.  It can also include code from an external file or a region within the file.
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to obtain version information for each topic so that it can be placed in the footer by the Post-transform Component.
-
-        
-
-        
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is a companion to the Code Block Component and Version Information Component.  With those, or used by itself, it can also insert a logo image into the header of each API reference and conceptual content topic.
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to add "missing" notes for missing summary, parameter, returns, value, and remarks tags.  It can also add default summary documentation for constructors.
-
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-            
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to extract the XML comments into files that can be used for IntelliSense.  Only the basic set of tags needed for IntelliSense are exported and only for documented API members.
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-
-        
-
-        
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to load a set of indexed document information from a cache file rather than parsing it from the reflection data files.  This can decrease the initialization time during a build.
-
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-            
-                
-                
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to load a set of indexed document information from a cache file rather than parsing it from the framework comments files.  This can decrease the initialization time during a build.
-
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-            
-{@CachedFrameworkCommentList}
-{@CommentFileList}
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to load resolved MSDN URL references from a cache so that they do not have to be looked up on each build using the MSDN web service.  This can significantly decrease the build time.
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-            
-            
-            
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to add additional HTML Help 2.x attributes to the XML data island in each generated API topic.
-
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-{@HelpAttributes}
-        
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-        This build component is used to resolve links to other conceptual content topics.  This version fixes a couple of bugs and adds some new features.
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-        
-
-        
-            
-        
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 0e6648d2..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 570b479e..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Components.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1389 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        SandcastleBuilder.Components
-    
-    
-        
-             
-             This is a JavaScript declaration syntax generator that is used to add a
-             JavaScript Syntax section to each generated API topic.
-             
-             This version differs from the
-             ScriptSharpDeclarationSyntaxGenerator in that it looks for a
-             <scriptSharp /> element in the <api> node
-             and, if found, only then will it apply the casing rules to the member
-             name.  If not present, no casing rules are applied to the member names
-             thus it is suitable for use with regular JavaScript such as that used
-             in AjaxDoc projects.
-             
-             In order to use this script generator, you should modify the
-             Sandcastle transformation file FixScriptSharp.xsl by adding
-             the following template as the second one in the file.  The help file
-             builder uses a modified version of the transformation so that you
-             do not need to apply the change when using it.
-            
-             
-             
-             
-               
-                 
-                 
-               
-             ]]>
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            Check to see if the given attribute exists on the entry
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The attribute for which to search
-            True if found or false if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            Check to see if the element is unsupported
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The writer to which the "unsupported"
-            message is written.
-            True if unsupported or false if it is supported
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the identifier's first letter to lowercase
-            
-            The identifier to modify
-            The identifier with the first letter converted to lowercase
-        
-        
-            
-            Read the containing type name from the entry
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The containing type name if found or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            Read the full containing type name from the entry
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The full containing type name prefixed with its namespace
-            or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            Read the full type name from the entry
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The full type name prefixed with its namespace or null if
-            not found
-        
-        
-            
-            Read the member name from the entry
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The member name
-            If a <scriptSharp /> element exists in the
-            entry, the casing rule is applied to the member name.  If not
-            present, it is returned as-is.  The casing rule will convert the
-            first letter of the name to lowercase unless the member is
-            marked with System.PreserveCaseAttribute.
-        
-        
-            
-            Read the namespace name from the entry
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The namespace name
-        
-        
-            
-            Read the type name from the entry
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The type name
-        
-        
-            
-            Write an indented new line
-            
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out a normal type reference
-            
-            The API name
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out a parameter
-            
-            The parameter information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out a parameter list
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out the record constructor syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out the record syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out the type reference
-            
-            The reference information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The syntax generator configuration
-        
-        
-            
-            Not used by this syntax generator
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out attached property syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out class syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out constructor syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out delegate syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out enumeration syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out event syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out field syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out interface syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out namespace syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out normal method syntax
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Operator syntax is unsupported
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out property syntax if supported
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            Structure syntax is unsupported
-            
-            The reflection information
-            The syntax writer to which it is written
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a reimplementation of the TargetInfo class used by
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The target URL
-            The target's link text
-            The type of link
-            This is thrown if the
-            target URL or text is null.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the link type
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the URL
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This build component is used to add additional HTML Help 2.x attributes
-            to the XML data island in each generated API topic.
-            
-            
-            
-            <!-- HTML Help 2 attribute configuration.  This must appear after
-                 the TransformComponent. -->
-            <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.MSHelpAttrComponent"
-              assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll">
-                <!-- Additional attributes (required) -->
-                <attributes>
-                    <!-- At least one attribute element must be defined.  The
-                         "name" attribute is required.  The "value" attribute is
-                         optional. -->
-                    <attribute name="DocSet" value="NETFramework" / >
-                    <attribute name="DocSet" value="ProjectNamespace" / >
-                    <attribute name="TargetOS" value="Windows" / >
-                </attributes>
-            </component>
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-            See the  class topic
-            for an example of the configuration
-            This is thrown if
-            an error is detected in the configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to add the attributes to the XML data island.
-            
-            The XML document with which to work.
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a derived ResolveReferenceLinksComponent2 class that
-            loads cached MSDN URLs from a serialized binary file rather than
-            letting the base component invoke the web service to look them up.
-            This can significantly decrease the amount of time needed to perform
-            a build.
-            
-            The cache is built cumulatively over time rather than having
-            all 170,000+ resolved entries loaded, most of which would never be
-            used.  If new URLs are added to the cache during a build, the cache is
-            saved during disposal so that the new entries are used on subsequent
-            builds.
-            
-            
-            <!-- Cached MSDN URL references component.  This should replace
-                 the standard ResolveReferenceLinksComponent2 build component. -->
-            <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.CachedResolveReferenceLinksComponent"
-              assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll"
-              locale="en-us" linkTarget="_blank">
-                <cache filename="C:\SandcastleBuilder\Cache\MsdnUrl.cache" />
-                <targets base="C:\Program Files\Sandcastle\Data\Reflection"
-                    recurse="true" files="*.xml" type="MSDN" />
-                <targets files="reflection.xml" type="Local" />
-            </component>
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-            This is thrown if
-            an error is detected in the configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overriden to save the updated cache when disposed
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This build component is used to obtain version information for each
-            topic so that it can be placed in the footer by the
-            .
-            
-            The  adds the version
-            information to the topic after it has been transformed into HTML.
-            We need to get the version information here though as the reference
-            information is lost once it has been transformed.
-            
-            
-            <!-- Version information component configuration.  This must
-                 appear before the TransformComponent.  See also:
-                 PostTransformComponent -->
-            <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.VersionInfoComponent"
-              assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll">
-                <!-- Reflection information file for version info (required) -->
-                <reflectionFile filename="reflection.xml" />
-            </component>
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-            See the  class topic
-            for an example of the configuration
-            This is thrown if
-            an error is detected in the configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to set the version information ready for use
-            by the .
-            
-            The XML document with which to work.
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by the  to get the
-            assembly versions for the current topic.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Go to the CodePlex home page of the Sandcastle Help File Builder
-            project.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the base source folder
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a reimplementation of the ConceptualLinkInfo class used
-            by .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Private constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to create a conceptual link based on the information
-            in the supplied XPath navigator.
-            
-            The XPath navigator node from which to load the
-            link settings.
-            A conceptual link info object
-            This is thrown if the
-            node parameters is null.
-        
-        
-            
-            The target of the link
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The optional anchor name within the target
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The text to show for the link
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Go to the CodePlex home page of the Sandcastle Help File Builder
-            project.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the base source folder
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the syntax for style file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Go to the CodePlex home page of the Sandcastle Help File Builder
-            project.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the base source folder
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the syntax or style file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the logo or "Copy" image file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the image information if it changed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Draw the image on the panel using the width and height settings
-            to give an idea of how big it will be.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Redraw the image when the width or height changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Disable alignment unless "Above" is selected for placement
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-             
-             This is a derived CopyFromIndexComponent class that loads the
-             index document cache from a serialized binary file rather than loading
-             it from the XML reflection data files.  This can significantly decrease
-             the amount of time needed to instantiate the component.
-             
-             
-             
-             <!-- Cached Reflection Index Data component.  This should replace
-                  the first instance of the CopyFromIndexComponent. -->
-             <component id="Cached Reflection Index Data"
-               type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.CachedCopyFromIndexComponent"
-               assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll">
-                 <index name="reflection" value="/reflection/apis/api"
-                    key="@id" cache="10">
-                     <cache base="C:\Program Files\Sandcastle\Data\Reflection"
-                         recurse="true" files="*.xml"
-                         cacheFile="C:\SandcastleBuilder\Cache\Reflection.cache"/>
-                     <data files="reflection.xml" />
-                 </index>
-                 <copy name="reflection" source="*" target="/document/reference" />
-             </component>
-             
-            
-             
-             <!-- Cached Framework Comments Index Data component.  This should
-                  replace the third instance of the CopyFromIndexComponent. -->
-             <component id="Cached Framework Comments Index Data"
-               type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.CachedCopyFromIndexComponent"
-               assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll">
-                 <index name="comments" value="/doc/members/member"
-                   key="@name" cache="100">
-                   <cache files="%SystemRoot%\Microsoft.NET\Framework\v2.0.50727\en\*.xml"
-                     cacheFile="C:\SandcastleBuilder\Cache\en_2.0.50727.cache" />
-                   <data files="ExtraComments.xml" />
-                   <data files="TestDoc.xml" />
-                   <data files="_InheritedDocs_.xml" />
-                 </index>
-                 <copy name="comments" source="*" target="/document/comments" />
-             </component>
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-            This is thrown if
-            an error is detected in the configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            Load a cached index
-            
-            The parent index node
-            The name of the index
-            The cache settings
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used in the debug build to get an idea of how many files
-            were kept loaded in the cache.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a reimplementation of the TargetDirectoryCollection
-            class used by .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new target directory to the collection
-            
-            The target directory to add
-        
-        
-            
-            Find the target info for the specified file
-            
-            The file for which to find target info
-            A  object if found or null if
-            not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the number of items in the
-            collection.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-             This contains a reimplementation of ResolveConceptualLinksComponent
-             that allows the use of inner text from the <link> tag,
-             allows the use of anchor references (#anchorName) in the link target,
-             and allows the use of an optional linkText element in the
-             companion file to specify the link text.
-             
-             This version contains the following improvements and fixes:
-             
-               Broken links use the None style rather than the
-             Index style so that it is apparant that they do not work.
-               The inner text from the conceptual link is used if specified.
-               On broken links, when the showBrokenLinkText option
-             is true and there is no inner text, the target value is displayed.
-               Conceptual link targets can include an optional anchor name
-             from within the target such as "#Name" (see examples below).
-               Unnecessary whitespace is removed from the link text.
-               If the companion file contains a <linkText>
-             element and no inner text is specified, its value will be used for the
-             link text rather than the title.  This allows for a shorter title or
-             description to use as the default link text.
-             
-             
-             On links without inner text, if the companion file contains a
-             linkText element, that text will be used.  If not, the title
-             is used.
-            
-             
-             
-             Click Here
-             
-             
-             
-             PropertyA]]>
-             
-             
-             
-             <!-- Resolve conceptual links -->
-             <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.ResolveConceptualLinksComponent"
-               assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll"
-               showBrokenLinkText="true">
-                 <targets base="xmlComp" type="local" />
-             </component>
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to resolve the conceptual links
-            
-            The XML document with which to work.
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-        
-        
-            
-            Determine what to display for broken links
-            
-            The target key
-            The link text
-            The text to display for the broken link
-        
-        
-            
-            Compile an XPath expression and report an error if it fails
-            
-            The XPath expression to compile.
-            The compiled XPath expression.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get target info
-            
-            The target for which to get info
-            The target info object if found or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This build component is used to generate IntelliSense files based on
-            the documented APIs.
-            
-            Only the basic set of tags needed for IntelliSense are
-            exported and only for documented API members.  This is based on the
-            Microsoft IntelliSense build component.  That version only works with
-            Microsoft-specific XML comments files and does not work with general
-            XML comments files created by the compilers.
-            
-            
-            <!-- IntelliSense component configuration.  This must appear
-                 before the TransformComponent. -->
-            <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.IntelliSenseComponent"
-              assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll">
-             <!-- Output options (optional)
-                  Attributes:
-                     Include Namespaces (false by default)
-                     Namespaces filename ("Namespaces" if not specified or empty)
-                     Directory (current folder if not specified or empty) -->
-             <output includeNamespaces="false" namespacesFile="Namespaces"
-                 folder="C:\ProjectDocs\" />
-            </component>
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to extract the IntelliSense comments.
-            
-            The XML document with which to work.
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-        
-        
-            
-            Write the comments to the assembly's XML comments file
-            
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-            The assembly filename
-            The comments XPath navigator
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out closing tags and close all open XML writers when disposed.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This static method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to
-            let the component perform its own configuration.
-            
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the link types
-            
-        
-        
-            No links
-        
-        
-            Local links
-        
-        
-            Index links
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a reimplementation of the TargetDirectory class used
-            by .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The target directory
-            The URL expression
-            The text (title) expression
-            The alternate link text expression
-            The link type
-            This is thrown if the
-            directory, URL expression, or either text expression is null.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get target info for the specified file
-            
-            The file for which to get target info
-            A  object if found or null if
-            not found.
-        
-        
-             
-             This build component is used to add "missing" notes for missing
-             summary, parameter, returns, value, and remarks tags.  It can also
-             add default summary documentation for constructors.
-             
-             
-             
-             <!-- Show missing documentation component configuration.  This must
-                  appear before the TransformComponent. -->
-             <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.ShowMissingComponent"
-               assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll">
-                 <!-- All elements are optional. -->
-            
-                 <!-- Auto-document constructors (true by default) -->
-                 <AutoDocumentConstructors value="true" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing param tags (true by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingParams value="true" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing typeparam tags (true by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingTypeParams value="true" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing remarks tags (false by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingRemarks value="false" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing returns tags (true by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingReturns value="true" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing summary tags (true by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingSummaries value="true" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing value tags (false by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingValues value="false" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing namespace comments (true by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingNamespaces value="true" />
-            
-                 <!-- Show missing include target docs (false by default) -->
-                 <ShowMissingIncludeTargets value="false" />
-            
-                 <!-- Shared content file containing the localized
-                      messages (optional) -->
-                 <contentFile filename="C:\Working\SharedContent.xml" />
-             </component>
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-            See the  class topic
-            for an example of the configuration
-            This is thrown if
-            an error is detected in the configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to add the missing documentation tags
-            
-            The XML document with which to work.
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-        
-        
-            
-            Check for missing text in the specified documentation tag and, if
-            it doesn't exist or the text is blank, add a "missing" message as
-            the documentation tag's text.
-            
-            The comments node to check.
-            The key (name) for the current item
-            The tag type for which to check.
-        
-        
-            
-            Check for missing text in the specified <param> or
-            <typeparam> tag and, if it doesn't exist or the text is
-            blank, add a "missing" message as the tag's text.
-            
-            The comments node to check.
-            The key (name) for the current item
-            The parameter name for which to check.
-            The tag type for which to check.
-        
-        
-            
-            Check for bad include elements and, if any are found, add a
-            "missing" message to the summary tag's text.
-            
-            The comments node to check.
-            The key (name) for the current item
-        
-        
-             
-             This build component is used to search for <code> XML comment
-             tags and colorize the code within them.  It can also include code
-             from an external file or a region within the file.
-             
-             Note that this component must be paired with the
-             .
-             
-             
-             <!-- Code block component configuration.  This must appear before
-                  the TransformComponent.  See also: PostTransformComponent. -->
-             <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.CodeBlockComponent"
-               assembly="C:\SandcastleBuilder\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll">
-                 <!-- Base path for relative filenames in source
-                      attributes (optional). -->
-                 <basePath value="..\SandcastleComponents" />
-            
-                 <!-- Connect to language filter (optional).  If omitted,
-                      language filtering is enabled by default. -->
-                 <languageFilter value="true" />
-            
-                 <!-- Allow missing source files (Optional).  If omitted,
-                      it will generate errors if referenced source files
-                      are missing. -->
-                 <allowMissingSource value="false" />
-             
-                 <!-- Remove region markers from imported code blocks.  If omitted,
-                      region markers in imported code blocks are left alone. -->
-                 <removeRegionMarkers value="false" />
-            
-                 <!-- Code colorizer options (required).
-                   Attributes:
-                     Language syntax configuration file (required)
-                     XSLT style file (required)
-                     "Copy" image file URL (required)
-                     Default language (optional)
-                     Enable line numbering (optional)
-                     Enable outlining (optional)
-                     Keep XML comment "see" tags within the code (optional)
-                     Tab size for unknown languages (optional, 0 = use default)
-                     Use language name as default title (optional) -->
-                 <colorizer syntaxFile="highlight.xml" styleFile="highlight.xsl"
-                   copyImageUrl="CopyCode.gif" language="cs" numberLines="false"
-                   outlining="false" keepSeeTags="false" tabSize="0"
-                   defaultTitle="true" />
-             </component>
-             
-            
-             
-             <example>
-             A basic code block that uses the configuration defaults:
-             <code>
-             /// Code to colorize
-             </code>
-            
-             Override options with block-specific options:
-             <code lang="xml" numberLines="true" outlining="false" tabSize="8" >
-                 &lt;XmlTags/&gt;
-             </code>
-            
-             An entire external file or a delimited region from it can be
-             included.  This allows you to compile your example code externally
-             to ensure that it is still valid and saves you from maintaining it
-             in two places.
-            
-             Retrieve all code from an external file.  Use VB.NET syntax.
-             <code source="..\Examples\WholeDemo.vb" lang="vbnet"/>
-            
-             Retrieve a specific #region from an external file.
-             <code source="..\Examples\SeveralExamples.vb"
-                 region="Example 1" lang="vbnet"/>
-             
-             Keep <see> tags within comments so that they are converted to
-             links to the help topics.
-             <code keepSeeTags="true">
-             int x = this.<see cref="CountStuff">CountStuff</see>(true);
-             
-             string value = this.<see cref="System.Object.ToString">
-             <code>
-            
-             <example>
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-            NOTE:  This component must be paired with the
-            .  See the
-             class topic for an example of the
-            configuration and usage.
-            This is thrown if
-            an error is detected in the configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to perform the code colorization.
-            
-            The XML document with which to work.
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load a set of nested code blocks from external
-            files.
-            
-            The node in which to replace the nested
-            code blocks
-            The XPath expression used to locate the
-            nested code blocks.
-            The HTML encoded blocks extracted from the files as a
-            single code block.
-            Only source and region attributes are used.  All other
-            attributes are obtained from the parent code block.  Text nodes
-            are created to replace the nested code tags so that any additional
-            text in the parent code block is also retained.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load a code block from an external file.
-            
-            The node containing the attributes
-            The HTML encoded block extracted from the file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to add language filter IDs for the Prototype, VS2005,
-            and Hana styles so that the code block is shown or hidden based
-            on the language filter selection.
-            
-            The title node if used
-            The code node
-            The language to use as the filter
-            A unique ID number for the code block
-            The span node containing the title and code nodes
-            The  adds the script
-            necessary to register the code blocks and set their initial visible
-            state in the Prototype and Hana styles.
-        
-        
-            
-            This static method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to
-            let the component perform its own configuration.
-            
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by the  to insert
-            the colorized code blocks.
-            
-            The colorized code blocks contain HTML which isn't
-            supported by conceptual topics pre-transformation.  As such, we
-            hold onto them here and use a placeholder ID.  The post-transform
-            component will replace the placeholder ID with the actual colorized
-            code block.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by the  to get
-            the destination location and filename of the "Copy" image.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by the  to get
-            the "Copy" text so that it can be replaced with an include item.
-            
-            We can't do it here as the TransformComponent strips the
-            <include> tag as it isn't one it recognizes.
-        
-        
-             
-             This build component is is a companion to the
-             .  It is used to add the
-             stylesheet and JavaScript links to the rendered HTML if the topic
-             contains colorized code.  In addition, it can insert a logo image at
-             the top of each help topic and, for the Prototype presentation style,
-             hide the language combo box if only one language appears in the Syntax
-             section.   With a modification to the Sandcastle reference content
-             files, it will also add version information to each topic.
-             
-             The colorizer files are only copied once and only if code is
-             actually colorized.  If the files already exist (i.e. additional
-             content has replaced them), they are not copied either.  That way, you
-             can customize the color stylesheet as you see fit without modifying the
-             default stylesheet.
-            
-             
By adding "Version: {2}" to the locationInformation entry
-             and the assemblyNameAndModule entry in the
-             reference_content.xml file in the Prototype, VS2005, and Hana
-             style content files, you can add version information to each topic.
-             The help file builder uses a composite file with this fix already in
-             place.
-             
-             
-             <!-- Post-transform component configuration.  This must
-                  appear after the TransformComponent.  See also:
-                  CodeBlockComponent. -->
-             <component type="SandcastleBuilder.Components.PostTransformComponent"
-               assembly="C:\SandcastleComponents\SandcastleBuilder.Components.dll" >
-                 <!-- Code colorizer files (required).
-                      Attributes:
-                         Stylesheet file (required)
-                         Script file (required)
-                         "Copy" image file (required) -->
-                 <colorizer stylesheet="highlight.css" scriptFile="highlight.js"
-                    copyImage="CopyCode.gif" />
-            
-                 <!-- Base output path for the files (required).  This should
-                      match the parent folder of the output path of the HTML files
-                      (see SaveComponent). -->
-                 <outputPath value="Output" />
-            
-                 <!-- Logo image file (optional).  Filename is required.  The
-                      height, width, altText, placement, and alignment attributes
-                      are optional. -->
-                 <logoFile filename="Logo.jpg" height="64" width="64"
-                    altText="Test Logo" placement="left" alignment="left" />
-             </component>
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            

-            Constructor
-            
-            A reference to the build assembler.
-            The configuration information
-            This is thrown if
-            an error is detected in the configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to perform the post-transformation tasks.
-            
-            The XML document with which to work.
-            The key (member name) of the item being
-            documented.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to add version information to the topic
-            
-            The document to modify
-            This requires a modification to the Sandcastle
-            presentation style file reference_content.xml (all styles).
-            The help file builder uses a composite file for them and it
-            includes the fix.  This can go away once version information
-            is supported by Sandcastle itself.  The request has been
-            made.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to add the logo to the page header area
-            
-            The document to which the logo is added.
-        
-        
-            
-            This static method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to
-            let the component perform its own configuration.
-            
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This enumeration defines the logo placement options
-            
-        
-        
-            Place the logo to the left of the header text
-            (the default).
-        
-        
-            Place the logo to the right of the header text.
-        
-        
-            Place the logo above the header text.
-        
-        
-            
-            This enumeration defines the logo alignment options when placement
-            is set to Above.
-            
-        
-        
-            Left-align the logo (the default).
-        
-        
-            Right-align the logo.
-        
-        
-            Center the logo.
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.MRefBuilder.dll b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.MRefBuilder.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index fda59977..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.MRefBuilder.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.MRefBuilder.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.MRefBuilder.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2219a867..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.MRefBuilder.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        SandcastleBuilder.MRefBuilder
-    
-    
-        
-            
-            This represents binding redirection settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a string representation of the item
-            
-            The item value as a string
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to determine whether or not this entry is a redirect
-            for the given strong name
-            
-            The strong name to compare
-            True if it is a redirect for the strong name, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a binding redirect settings instance from an XPath navigator
-            containing the settings.
-            
-            The XPath navigator from which to
-            obtain the settings.
-            An optional namespace resolver.  Pass null
-            if one is not needed.
-            The namespace to prefix the elements
-            with if needed.  This is ignored if resolver is null.
-            A  object containing
-            the settings from the XPath navigator.
-            It should contain an element called dependentAssembly
-            with a configFile attribute or a nested assemblyIdentity and
-            bindingRedirect element that define the settings.
-        
-        
-            
-            Load assembly binding redirects from a configuration file.
-            
-            The configuration filename
-            A collection containing the assembly binding redirects
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the assembly name (no extension)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the public key token for the assembly
-            
-            If omitted, "null" is assumed
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the culture for the assembly
-            
-            If omitted, "neutral" is assumed
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the old version number to redirect to
-            the new version number.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the ending old version number range to
-            redirect to the new version number.
-            
-            If not set, only  will be used to
-            redirect a single version.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the new version number to which the old
-            versions are redirected.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the path to the configuration file from
-            which the settings should be imported.
-            
-            If specified, the properties in the Binding Redirect
-            category are ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the strong name for the redirect assembly
-            
-        
-        
-             
-             This is a custom assembly resolver for Sandcastle's MRefBuilder
-             tool that supports assembly binding redirect elements in its
-             configuration that let you redirect an unknown assembly's strong name
-             to another by version number when resolving an unknown reference.
-             
-             This solves the problem reported in Sandcastle work item
-             #1014.
-             To use the resolver, it must be added to the MRefBuilder.config
-             file by defining the resolver element as shown in the example
-             below.  Within the resolver element, add an assemblyBinding
-             element that contains one or more dependentAssembly elements that
-             define the redirections.  If you have a set of redirections in an
-             application or web configuration file, you can define a
-             dependentAssembly element with an importFrom attribute
-             that specifies the location of the configuration file from which to
-             import the redirects.  The other option is to specify individual
-             redirects using the assemblyIdentity and bindingRedirect
-             child elements of each dependentAssembly element.  See the MSDN
-             help for those elements for more information on their usage.
-            
-             The assembly version(s) to which the entries are
-             redirected must be one of the documented assemblies or must be
-             referenced as a dependency using the /dep command line
-             switch.
-             
-             
-             
-               
-                 
-            
-                 
-                 
-            
-                   
-                   
-                     
-                     
-            
-                     
-                     
-                       
-                       
-                     
-            
-                     
-                     
-                       
-                       
-                     
-            
-                   
-                 
-            
-                 
-            
-               
-             ]]>
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The configuration navigator
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to resolve unknown assembly references
-            
-            The reference to resolve
-            The module
-            The assembly node if resolved or null if not resolved
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.PlugIns.dll b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.PlugIns.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 31426096..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.PlugIns.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.PlugIns.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.PlugIns.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 764bf07f..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.PlugIns.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2596 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        SandcastleBuilder.PlugIns
-    
-    
-        
-            
-            This represents version settings for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.  This property cannot be reset
-            as it should always have a value.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.  This property cannot be reset
-            as it should always have a value.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a version settings instance from an XPath navigator
-            containing the settings.
-            
-            The base path provider object
-            The XPath navigator from which to
-            obtain the settings.
-            A  object containing the
-            settings from the XPath navigator.
-            It should contain an element called version
-            with three attributes (label, version and
-            helpFileProject).
-        
-        
-            
-            Store the version settings as a node in the given XML document
-            
-            The XML document
-            The node in which to store the element
-            Returns the node that was added.
-            The version settings are stored in an element called
-            version with three attributes (label, version
-            and helpFileProject).
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the hash code of the combined
-            framework and version number.
-            
-            The hash code for the version settings.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the location of the reflection file
-            at build time.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the framework label for the related
-            project.
-            
-            This is used to group like versions of projects.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the version number description for the
-            related project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the path to the help file builder
-            project used to generate version information.
-            
-            The help file builder project makes it simple to manage
-            settings for the prior version's assemblies such as references,
-            API filter settings, etc.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a description of the entry suitable for display in a
-            bound list control.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to validate deployment location settings
-            
-            The target location textbox to
-            validate
-            The user name textbox to validate
-            The password textbox to validate
-            The proxy server checkbox to
-            validate
-            The proxy user name textbox to
-            validate
-            The proxy password textbox to
-            validate
-            The default credentials
-            checkbox to validate
-            The proxy server checkbox to
-            validate
-            The proxy default credentials
-            checkbox to validate
-            The target location URI
-            The proxy server URI
-            True if the configuration is valid, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Go to the CodePlex home page of the Sandcastle Help File Builder
-            project.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the user name and password controls based on
-            the Default Credentials check state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the proxy server settings based on the Use
-            Proxy Server check state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the proxy user credentials based on the Proxy
-            Default Credentials check state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to specify user credentials.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            There are two overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            True to use default credentials, false to
-            use the supplied user name and password.
-            The user name to use.
-            The password to use.
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a user credentials instance from an XPath navigator
-            containing the settings.
-            
-            The XPath navigator from which to
-            obtain the settings.
-            A  object containing the
-            settings from the XPath navigator.
-            It should contain an element called userCredentials
-            with three attributes: useDefault, userName, and
-            password.
-        
-        
-            
-            Store the credentials as a node in the given XML document
-            
-            The XML document
-            The node in which to store the element
-            Returns the node that was added or the one that
-            already existed in the document.
-            The credentials are stored in an element called
-            userCredentials with three attributes:  useDefault,
-            userName, and password.  It is created if it
-            does not already exist.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the flag indicating whether or not to
-            use default credentials.
-            
-            By default, this is true and  and
-             will be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set the user name
-            
-            If  is true, this will
-            be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set the password
-            
-            If  is true, this will
-            be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents reference link settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.  This property cannot be reset
-            as it should always have a value.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a reference link settings instance from an XPath navigator
-            containing the settings.
-            
-            The base path provider object
-            The XPath navigator from which to
-            obtain the settings.
-            A  object containing the
-            settings from the XPath navigator.
-            It should contain an element called target
-            with two attributes (linkType and helpFileProject).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Store the reference link settings as a node in the given XML
-            document.
-            
-            The XML document
-            The node in which to store the element
-            Returns the node that was added.
-            The reference link settings are stored in an element
-            called target with two attributes (linkType and
-            helpFileProject).
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the location of the reflection file
-            at build time.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the link type for the target
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the path to the help file builder
-            project used to generate reference link information.
-            
-            The help file builder project makes it simple to manage
-            settings for the other target's assemblies such as references,
-            API filter settings, etc.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a description of the entry suitable for display in a
-            bound list control.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Go to the CodePlex home page of the Sandcastle Help File Builder
-            project.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the user name and password controls based on
-            the Default Credentials check state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the 
-            configuration.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current project
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new help file builder project to the version settings.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete a version settings item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the property grid with the selected item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the list box item when a property changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the URL in the web browser
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the URL in the web browser.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the 
-            configuration.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current project
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new help file builder project to the reference link settings.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete a reference links item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the property grid with the selected item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the list box item when a property changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the URL in the web browser
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class can be used to rearrange the table of contents such
-            that namespaces are nested within their parent namespaces rather than
-            appearing as a flat list of all namespaces at the root level.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in does not run in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the binding redirect settings
-            information for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the binding redirect settings list to the
-            configuration settings.
-            
-            The XML configuration document.
-            The root configuration node
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the binding redirect settings list from the
-            configuration settings.
-            
-            The base path provider object
-            The XPath navigator from which the
-            information is loaded.
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is designed to add additional reference link
-            targets to the Reflection Index Data and Resolve Reference
-            Links build components so that links can be created to other third
-            party help in a Help 2 collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-            This is thrown if the plug-in
-            configuration is not valid.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to merge the reflection file info into the named
-            configuration file.
-            
-            The configuration filename
-            True if it is the conceptual
-            configuration file or false if it is the reference configuration
-            file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to build a project
-            
-            The project to build
-            The working path for the project
-            Returns true if successful, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the
-            application with the current build step.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in does not run in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is used to copy the resulting help file output to
-            a location other than the output folder (i.e. a file share, an FTP
-            site, a web server, etc.).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-            This is thrown if the plug-in
-            configuration is not valid.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            Deploy the given list of files to the specified location
-            
-            The list of files to deploy
-            The deployment location
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in does not run in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Go to the CodePlex home page of the Sandcastle Help File Builder
-            project.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the user name and password controls based on
-            the Default Credentials check state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the proxy server settings based on the Use
-            Proxy Server check state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the proxy user credentials based on the Proxy
-            Default Credentials check state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the URL in the web browser.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the path to the bibliography file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is used to add assembly binding redirection support
-            to the MRefBuilder configuration file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in runs in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class can be used to exclude API members from the table
-            of contents via the <tocexclude /> XML comment tag.  The
-            excluded items are still accessible in the help file via other topic
-            links.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in does not run in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is designed to run after the build completes to
-            send notification of the completion status via e-mail.  The log file
-            can be sent as an attachment.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-            This is thrown if the plug-in
-            configuration is not valid.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-            Since this runs after completion of the build and the
-            log file is closed, any progress messages reported here will not
-            appear in it, just in the output window on the main form.
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to run the log file through an XSL transform so that
-            it is more readable.
-            
-            The transformed log filename
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in does not run in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is used to add bibliography support to the topics
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            Add the bibliography file parameter to the TransformComponent
-            configuration.
-            
-            The BuildAssembler configuration file
-            to modify
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in runs in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class can be used to build a help file consisting of
-            nothing but additional content items.  It is also useful for
-            proofreading your additional content without having to build all the
-            API topics.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in does not run in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is designed to modify the HTML files and alter the
-            build so as to overcome the encoding issues encountered when building
-            Help 1.x (CHM) files for various foreign languages.
-            
-            This uses the Steel
-            Bytes SBAppLocale tool to run the Help 1.x compiler using the
-            correct locale.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in does not run in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to configure the settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the URL in the web browser.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the path to the SBAppLocale tool
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to specify credentials for a proxy server.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            There are two overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            True to use default the proxy server, false
-            to not use it.
-            The server name to use.
-            The user credentials to use for the proxy
-            server.
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a proxy credentials instance from an XPath navigator
-            containing the settings.
-            
-            The XPath navigator from which to
-            obtain the settings.
-            A  object containing the
-            settings from the XPath navigator.
-            It should contain an element called proxyCredentials
-            with two attributes (useProxy and proxyServer) and a
-            nested userCredentials element.
-        
-        
-            
-            Store the credentials as a node in the given XML document
-            
-            The XML document
-            The node in which to store the element
-            Returns the node that was added or the one that
-            already existed in the document.
-            The credentials are stored in an element called
-            proxyCredentials with two attributes (useProxy and
-            proxyServer) and a nested userCredentials element.
-            It is created if it does not already exist.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the flag indicating whether or not to
-            use the proxy server.
-            
-            By default, this is false and  and
-             will be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set the proxy server name
-            
-            If  is false, this will be
-            ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the user credentials
-            
-            If  is false, this will be
-            ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the 
-            configuration.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current project
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new setting item to the collection
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete a binding settings item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the property grid with the selected item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the list box item when a property changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the URL in the web browser
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the reference link settings
-            information for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the reference link settings list to the
-            configuration settings.
-            
-            The XML configuration document.
-            The root configuration node
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the reference link settings list from the
-            configuration settings.
-            
-            The base path provider object
-            The XPath navigator from which the
-            information is loaded.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the 
-            configuration.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current XML configuration
-            XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Close without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the configuration and save it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new XPath expression
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete the selected XPath expression
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the expression and store it
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the selected expression for editing
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the URL in the web browser
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the configuration information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is designed to generate version information for
-            assemblies in the current project and others related to the same
-            product that can be merged into the current project's help file topics.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-            This is thrown if the plug-in
-            configuration is not valid.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the version information items in the shared builder content
-            file.
-            
-            
-            Remove the standard version information items from the shared
-            content file as the version builder information will take its
-            place in the topics.  New items are added for each version of
-            the project defined in the configuration settings.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to build a project
-            
-            The project to build
-            The working path for the project
-            Returns true if successful, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the
-            application with the current build step.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This creates the Version Builder configuration and script files
-            
-            The name of the script to run
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in runs in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a deployment location
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            There are two overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The deployment location
-            The user credentials, if any
-            The proxy credentials, if any
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a deployment location instance from an XPath navigator
-            containing the settings.
-            
-            The XPath navigator from which to
-            obtain the settings.
-            The id of the element to load
-            A  object containing the
-            settings from the XPath navigator.
-            It should contain an element called deploymentLocation
-            with two attributes (id with the specified ID value and
-            location) and nested userCredentials and
-            proxyCredentials elements.
-        
-        
-            
-            Store the deployment location as a node in the given XML document
-            
-            The XML document
-            The node in which to store the element
-            The id of the element to create
-            Returns the node that was added or the one that
-            already existed in the document.
-            The deployment location is stored in an element called
-            deploymentLocation with two attributes (id matching
-            the specified id and location) and nested
-            userCredentials and proxyCredentials elements.  It
-            is created if it does not already exist.
-        
-        
-            
-            The location to which the help file is deployed
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The user credentials for the location
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The proxy credentials for the location
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is designed to modify the reflection information
-            file produced after running MRefBuilder on assemblies produced by the
-            Script# compiler so that it is suitable for use in producing a help
-            file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in runs in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is designed to generate XML comments and reflection
-            file information for Atlas client script libraries using AjaxDoc.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-            This is thrown if the plug-in
-            configuration is not valid.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is the entry point for the thread that runs the browser to
-            invoke AjaxDoc.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Hook up the error handler on completion to handle script errors
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            If a script error occurs, stop processing
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This notes when the page completes navigating
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            If ran successfully, the page navigates twice.  The first
-            time is the initial page load.  It immediately submits itself to
-            post the results.  On the second navigation, we can assume it was
-            successful and the page contains the "success" result message.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in runs in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in class is used to filter out unwanted information from the
-            reflection information file using XPath queries.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles garbage collection to ensure proper disposal of the
-            plug-in if not done explicity with .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the Dispose() interface to properly dispose of
-            the plug-in object.
-            
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be overridden by derived classes to add their own
-            disposal code if necessary.
-            
-            Pass true to dispose of the managed
-            and unmanaged resources or false to just dispose of the
-            unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This plug-in runs in partial builds
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents binding redirection settings for the
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The base path provider
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a string representation of the item
-            
-            The item value as a string
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a binding redirect settings instance from an XPath navigator
-            containing the settings.
-            
-            The base path provider object
-            The XPath navigator from which to
-            obtain the settings.
-            A  object containing
-            the settings from the XPath navigator.
-            It should contain an element called dependentAssembly
-            with a configFile attribute or a nested assemblyIdentity and
-            bindingRedirect element that define the settings.
-        
-        
-            
-            Store the binding redirect settings as a node in the given XML
-            document.
-            
-            The XML document
-            The node in which to store the element
-            Returns the node that was added.
-            The settings are stored in an element called
-            dependentAssembly.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the assembly name (no extension)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the public key token for the assembly
-            
-            If omitted, "null" is assumed
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the culture for the assembly
-            
-            If omitted, "neutral" is assumed
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the old version number to redirect to
-            the new version number.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the ending old version number range to
-            redirect to the new version number.
-            
-            If not set, only  will be used to
-            redirect a single version.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the new version number to which the old
-            versions are redirected.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the path to the configuration file from
-            which the settings should be imported.
-            
-            If specified, the properties in the Binding Redirect
-            category are ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the version settings information
-            for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the version settings list to the configuration
-            settings.
-            
-            The XML configuration document.
-            The root configuration node
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the version settings list from the
-            configuration settings.
-            
-            The base path provider object
-            The XPath navigator from which the
-            information is loaded.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection in ascending order by framework
-            label and version.
-            
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Utils.dll b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Utils.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index 940bd800..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Utils.dll and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Utils.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Utils.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a4e7351..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.Utils.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10431 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        SandcastleBuilder.Utils
-    
-    
-        
-            
-            This class is used to convert conceptual content settings in version
-            1.7.0.0 and prior SHFB project files to the new MSBuild format.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project converter object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert the conceptual content from the old project
-            into the format required by the new project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This converts the token entries to a token file and adds it to
-            the project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This adds all image files to the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This converts the topic entries to a content file and adds it to
-            the project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert a conceptual content topic and all of its children
-            
-            The XML reader containing the topics
-            The XML writer to which they are written
-            The project to which the files are added
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert a conceptual topic to the new format
-            
-            The source file
-            The destination file
-            The topic ID
-            The revision number
-        
-        
-            
-            This class represents all of the properties that make up a Sandcastle
-            Help File Builder project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This interface defines the properties used to obtain a base path for
-            a  object.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the base path
-            
-        
-        
-            The default configuration
-        
-        
-            The default platform
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-            This will also mark the project as dirty
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to reset the  property
-            to its default value.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to reset the  property
-            to its default value.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the 
-            property should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            collection and we don't want to lose all items accidentally.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the 
-            property should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            dictionary and we don't want to lose all items accidentally.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the 
-            property should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            dictionary and we don't want to lose all items accidentally.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            collection and we don't want to lose all items accidentally.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            collection and we don't want to lose all items accidentally.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the 
-            property should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            design-time only property.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to initialize the local property info and property
-            descriptor caches.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is handled to mark the project as dirty when the list of
-            documentation sources changes.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event parameters
-        
-        
-            
-            This is handled to mark the project as dirty when the various
-            collection properties are modified.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event parameters
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to ensure that the project is editable before a
-            sub-property on a project path property object is changed.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to ensure that path properties are written to the
-            project when one of their sub-properties is edited.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Replace a \xNN value in the copyright text with its actual
-            character.
-            
-            The match that was found
-            The string to use as the replacement
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the properties from the project file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set the named property to the specified value
-            using Reflection.
-            
-            The name of the property to set
-            The value to which it is set
-            The parsed object value to which the property was set.
-            Property name matching is case insensitive as are the
-            values.  This is used to allow setting of simple project properties
-            (non-collection) from the MSBuild project file.  Unknown properties
-            are ignored.
-            This is thrown if the
-            name parameter is null or an empty string.
-            This is thrown if an error
-            occurs while trying to set the named property.
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the value of an MSBuild project property that matches a
-            property on this class by name.
-            
-            Name of property
-            Value of property
-            This is thrown if the property
-            name is null, an empty string, or is not a recognized property
-            name.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a collection containing all user-defined properties
-            
-            A collection containing all properties determined not to
-            be help file builder project properties, MSBuild build engine
-            related properties, or environment variables.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to determine whether or not the given name can be
-            used for a user-defined project property.
-            
-            The name to check
-            True if it can be used, false if it cannot be used
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            There are five overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            Load a Sandcastle Builder project from the given filename.
-            
-            The filename to load
-            Specify true if the file must exist
-            or false if a new project should be created if the file does
-            not exist.
-            This is thrown if a filename
-            is not specified or if it does not exist and mustExist is
-            true.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to create a Sandcastle Builder project from an
-            existing MSBuild project instance.
-            
-            The existing project instance
-            True to load final values (i.e. for
-            build) or false to load design-time values.
-            It is assumed that the project has been loaded, the
-            property values are current, and, if using final values, that the
-            configuration and platform have been set in the MSBuild project
-            global properties.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to clone an existing project in order to build it
-            without affecting the existing project's properties.
-            
-            The project to clone
-            True to load final values (i.e. for
-            build) or false to load design-time values.
-            This is used to perform partial builds where we may want
-            to use alternate property values.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to mark the project as dirty and in need of being
-            saved.
-            
-            This event is raised to let interested
-            parties know that the project's dirty state has been changed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to determine the default build action for a file based
-            on its extension.
-            
-            The filename to use
-            The build action based on the extension
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new folder build item to the project
-            
-            The folder name
-            The new .
-            If the folder does not exist in the project, it is added
-            and created if not already there.  If the folder is already part of
-            the project, the existing item is returned.
-            This is thrown if the path
-            matches the project root path or is not below it.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new file build item to the project
-            
-            The source filename
-            The optional destination path.  If empty,
-            null, or it does not start with the project folder, the file is
-            copied to the root folder of the project.
-            The new .
-            If the file does not exist in the project, it is copied to
-            the destination path or project folder if not already there.  The
-            default build action is determined based on the filename's
-            extension.  If the file is already part of the project, the
-            existing item is returned.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to locate a file by name in the project
-            
-            The fully qualified file path to find
-            The file item if found or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to ensure that all local collection project properties
-            have been stored in the MSBuild project file and that path-type
-            properties are current based on the current project location.
-            
-            True to force an update of all affected
-            properties or false to only update those that need it.
-            This only affects the property-based collection properties
-            and path-type properties.  Simple types and item group element
-            properties are stored when modified.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the project file
-            
-            The filename for the project
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns true if the project contains items using the
-            given build action.
-            
-            The build action for which to check
-            True if at least one item has the given build action or
-            false if there are no items with the given build action.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the underlying MSBuild
-            project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get whether or not the project
-            is using final values for the project properties.
-            
-            If true, final values (i.e. evaluated values used at build
-            time) are being returned by the properties in this instance.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the filename for the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the configuration to use when building
-            the project.
-            
-            This value is used for project documentation sources and
-            project references so that the correct items are used from them.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the platform to use when building the
-            project.
-            
-            This value is used for project documentation sources and
-            project references so that the correct items are used from them.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the MSBuild OutDir property value
-            that is defined when using Team Build.
-            
-            This value is used for project documentation sources and
-            project references so that the correct items are used from them.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the dirty state of the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a collection of reference dependencies (files,
-            GAC, COM, or project) for MRefBuilder if needed.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Returns the list of documentation sources to use in building the
-            help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the build log file
-            location.
-            
-            If  is set, it returns its
-            value.  If not set, it returns the full path created by using
-            the  property value and a filename of
-            LastBuild.log.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the copyright notice that appears in the footer
-            of each page with any hex value place holders replaced with their
-            actual character.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only helper property returns the flags to use when
-            looking for missing tags.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only helper property returns the flags used to indicate
-            which optional items to document.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a collection of all build items in the project that
-            represent folders and files.
-            
-            This collection is generated each time the property is
-            used.  As such, cache a copy if you need to use it repeatedly.
-        
-        
-            
-            Returns the list of namespace summaries
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the project summary comments
-            
-            These notes will appear in the root namespaces page if
-            entered.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the path to the HTML 1.x help compiler
-            (HHC.EXE).
-            
-            You only need to set this if the builder cannot determine
-            the path for itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the path to the HTML 2.x help compiler
-            (HXCOMP.EXE).
-            
-            You only need to set this if the builder cannot determine
-            the path for itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the path to which the help files
-            will be generated.
-            
-            The default is to create it in a folder called
-            Help in the same folder as the project file.
-            
Warning: If building a web site, the output folder's
-            prior content will be erased without warning prior to copying
-            the new web site content to it!
-        
-        
-            

-            This is used to set or get the path to the Sandcastle components
-            
-            You only need to set this if the builder cannot determine
-            the path for itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the path to the working folder used
-            during the build process to store the intermediate files.
-            
-            This can be used to perform the build in a different
-            location with a shorter path if you encounter errors due to long
-            file path names.  If not specified, it defaults to a folder
-            called .\Working under the folder specified by the
-             property.
-            
Warning: All files and folders in the path specified
-            in this property will be erased without warning when the build
-            starts.
-        
-        
-            

-            This is used to set or get whether intermediate files are
-            deleted after a successful build.
-            
-            The default value is true.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not the log file is retained
-            after a successful build.
-            
-            The default value is true.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the path and filename of the build
-            log file.
-            
-            If not specified, a default name of LastBuild.log
-            is used and the file is saved in the path identified in the
-             property.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the help file format generated by the
-            build process.
-            
-            The default is to produce an HTML Help 1.x format file
-            built using HHC.exe.
-            If building a web site, the output folder will be cleared
-            before the new content is copied to it.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether to fix-up the XML comments files
-            to work around an issue with those generated by the C++ compiler.
-            
-            The default value is false.
-            The C++ compiler generates method signatures that differ
-            from the other .NET compilers for methods that take generics as
-            parameters.  These methods fail to get documented as they do not
-            match the output of MRefBuilder.  The C# and VB.NET
-            compilers generate names that do match it and this option is not
-            needed for comments files generated by them.  Set this to true if
-            the project contains C++ compiler generated XML comments files and
-            your project contains methods that take generic types for
-            parameters.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the .NET Framework version to which the
-            documentation links for system types should point.
-            
-            If not found, it will default to the most recent version
-            of the framework installed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a dictionary of build component configurations.
-            
-            This allows you to configure the settings for third
-            party build components if they support it.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a dictionary of build process plug-in
-            configurations.
-            
-            This allows you to select and configure the settings for
-            third party build process plug-ins.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to present a design-time property that is used for
-            editing user-defined project file properties.
-            
-            The designer attached to the property handles updating
-            the user-defined project properties.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the placement of any additional and
-            conceptual content items in the table of contents.
-            
-            The default is to place additional and conceptual content
-            items above the namespaces.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not the HTML rendered by
-            BuildAssembler is indented.
-            
-            This is mainly a debugging aid.  Leave it set to false,
-            the default to produce more compact HTML.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not all pages should be
-            marked with a "preliminary documentation" warning in the page
-            header.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not a root namespace entry
-            is added to the table of contents to act as a container for the
-            namespaces from the documented assemblies.
-            
-            If true, a root Namespaces table of contents entry
-            will be created as the container of the namespaces in the
-            documented assemblies.  If false, the default, the namespaces are
-            listed in the table of contents as root entries.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get an alternate title for the root
-            namespaces page and the root table of contents container that
-            appears when  is set to true.
-            
-            If left blank (the default), the localized version of the
-            text "Namespaces" will be used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the help file's title
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the name of the compiled help file.
-            Do not include a path or the extension.  For HTML Help 2 builds,
-            this is also used as the collection namespace name (avoid spaces).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the language option for the help file
-            and to determine which set of presentation resource files to use.
-            
-            If a matching set of presentation resources cannot be
-            found for the specified language, the US English set will be
-            used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the URL to use as the link for the
-            copyright notice.
-            
-            If not set, the see cref="CopyrighText"/> (if any) is not
-            turned into a clickable link.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the copyright notice that appears in
-            the footer of each page.
-            
-            If not set, no copyright note will appear.  If a
-             is specified without copyright text,
-            the URL appears instead.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the feedback e-mail address that
-            appears in the footer of each page.
-            
-            If not set, no feedback link will appear.  If
-             is set, that text will appear
-            as the text for the link.  If not set, the e-mail address is used
-            as the link text.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the feedback e-mail link text that
-            appears in the feedback e-mail link in the footer of each page.
-            
-            If set, this text will appear as the link text for the
-             link.  If not set, the e-mail
-            address is used for the link text.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get additional text that should appear
-            in the header of every page.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get additional text that should appear
-            in the footer of every page.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the type of links used to reference
-            other help topics referring to items within the documented
-            assemblies.
-            
-            The default is to produce local links.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the type of links used to reference
-            other help topics referring to framework (SDK) help topics.
-            
-            The default is to produce MSDN links.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the target window for MSDN SDK links.
-            
-            The default is Blank to open the MSDN topics in a
-            new window.  This option only has an effect if the
-             property is set to MSDN.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the presentation style for the help
-            topic pages.
-            
-            The default is to use the VS2005 style.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the naming method used to generate the
-            help topic filenames.
-            
-            The default is to use GUID values as the filenames.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the language filters which determines
-            which languages appear in the Syntax section of the help
-            topics.
-            
-            The default is Standard (C#, VB.NET, and C++).
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not the feedback control is
-            visible in presentation styles that support it.
-            
-            If true and the presentation style supports it, the
-            feedback control is shown in the topic page footer.
-            This property may be obsolete.  It was added for
-            the Sandcastle October 2007 CTP.  However, as of the January 2008
-            release, the feedback control is no longer present.  As such, this
-            property may be removed at a later date.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the path to the Sandcastle components
-            
-            This can significantly reduce the amount of time
-            required to load a very large help document.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not a Favorites tab will
-            appear in the help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the collection table of contents style
-            used when plugged into an HTML Help 2 collection.
-            
-            The default is Hierarchical.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether or not to include the stop word
-            list used to identify words to omit from the Help 2 full text
-            search index.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get a comma-separated list of namespaces
-            that the collection will be plugged into when deployed using
-            H2Reg.exe.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the version number applied to the
-            help file.
-            
-            The default is 1.0.0.0
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a collection of additional Help 2 attributes
-            that will be added to each generated help topic.
-            
-            The attributes are added by a custom build component in
-            the BuildAssembler step.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing namespace
-            comments are indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that the <summary> tag is missing.  A message
-            is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing <summary>
-            tags are indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that the <summary> tag is missing.  A message
-            is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing <param>
-            tags are indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that a <param> tag is missing.  A message
-            is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing <typeparam>
-            tags on generic types and methods are indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that a <typeparam> tag is missing from a generic
-            type or method.  A message is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing <returns>
-            tags are indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that the <returns> tag is missing.  A message
-            is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing <value>
-            tags are indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that the <value> tag is missing.  A message
-            is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing <remarks>
-            tags are indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that the <remarks> tag is missing.  A message
-            is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not constructors are
-            automatically documented if they are missing the <summary>
-            tag and for classes with compiler generated constructors.
-            
-            Set this to true to automatically add default text for the
-            <summary> tag on constructors that are missing it and for
-            classes with a compiler generated constructor.  If set to false
-            and  is true, a "missing summary"
-            warning will appear instead.  A message is also written to the log
-            file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not missing <include>
-            tag target documentation is indicated in the help file.
-            
-            Set this to true to add a message to the help topic
-            to indicate that the <include> tag's target documentation is
-            missing.  A message is also written to the log file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not attributes on types and
-            members are documented in the syntax portion of the help file.
-            
-            Set to true to document attributes or false to hide them
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not explicit interface
-            implementations are documented.
-            
-            Set to true to document explicit interface implementations
-            or false to hide them.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not inherited members
-            are documented.
-            
-            Set to true to document inherited members or false to
-            hide them.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not inherited framework
-            members are documented.
-            
-            Set to true to document inherited framework members or
-            false to hide them.  For this to work,
-             must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not inherited private
-            framework members are documented.
-            
-            Set to true to document inherited private framework members
-            or false to hide them.  For this to work,
-             and
-             must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not inherited internal
-            framework members are documented.
-            
-            Set to true to document inherited internal framework members
-            or false to hide them.  For this to work,
-             and
-             must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not internal members are
-            documented in the help file.
-            
-            Set to true to document internal members or false to hide
-            them
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not private members are
-            documented in the help file.
-            
-            Set to true to document private members or false to hide
-            them
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not private fields are
-            documented in the help file.
-            
-            Set to true to document private fields or false to hide
-            them.  For this to work,  must
-            also be enabled.
-            Private fields are most often used to back properties
-            and do not have documentation.  With this set to false, they
-            are omitted from the help file to reduce unnecessary clutter.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not protected members are
-            documented in the help file.
-            
-            Set to true to document protected members or false to hide
-            them
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not "protected internal"
-            members are documented as "protected" only in the help file.
-            
-            Set to true to document "protected internal" members
-            as "protected" only or false to document them normally.  This
-            option is ignored if  is false.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not protected members of
-            sealed classes are documented in the help file.
-            
-            Set to true to document protected members of sealed classes
-            or false to hide them. For this to work,
-             must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the API filter collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when a property is about to be changed to see
-            if the project file can be edited.
-            
-            If the project file cannot be edited, the handler should
-            cancel the event so that the property is not changed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when a property is changed
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when the dirty property changes
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when the assembly list is modified
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that can display a folder browser dialog to
-            allow selection of a folder path at design time.
-            
-            This can be used in conjunction with the
-             to specify the folder browser
-            dialog's properties.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using a folder browser dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The folder path as an object
-            The selected folder path as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a project reference item that can be used by
-            MRefBuilder to locate assembly dependencies for the assemblies
-            being documented.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a reference item that can be used by MRefBuilder
-            to locate assembly dependencies for the assemblies being documented.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a base wrapper class for a build item in the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project element associated with the
-            instance
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the project element associated with the instance
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property should
-            be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.  This property cannot be reset
-            as it should always have a value.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to handle changes in the 
-            properties such that the hint path gets stored in the project file.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal Constructor
-            
-            The project element
-        
-        
-            
-            See if specified item equals this one by name alone
-            
-            The object to compare to this one
-            True if equal, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a hash code for this item
-            
-            Returns the hash code for the assembly path and
-            XML comments path.
-        
-        
-            
-            Return a string representation of the item
-            
-            Returns the assembly path and XML comments path separated
-            by a comma.
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to filter out the  property if
-            not used.
-            
-            The property descriptor collection to filter
-            The filtered property descriptor collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or path to the dependency
-            
-            For GAC dependencies, this should be null.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the reference description
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to handle changes in the 
-            properties such that the hint path gets stored in the project file.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the build item meta data from the referenced
-            project.
-            
-            True to force the metadata to be refreshed,
-            false to only retrieve it if it doesn't exist.
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal Constructor
-            
-            The project element
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or path to the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Hint path isn't applicable to project references
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the project name rather than the
-            file path.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the project reference's GUID
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the project name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the configurations for third
-            party build process plug-ins such as the AjaxDoc plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-            The dictionary doesn't raise events automatically so
-            this is raised manually as needed.
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor
-            
-            The project that owns the collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load existing plug-in configuration items from
-            the project file.
-            
-            The plug-in items
-            The information is stored as an XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to write the plug-in configuration info to an XML
-            fragment ready for storing in the project file.
-            
-            The XML fragment containing the plug-in configuration
-            info.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item to the dictionary
-            
-            The plug-in ID
-            True for enabled, false disabled
-            The plug-in configuration
-            The  added to the
-            project.  If the ID already exists in the collection, the existing
-            item is returned.
-            The  constructor is
-            internal so that we control creation of the items and can
-            associate them with the project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a reference to the owning project file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the dirty state of the collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when the dictionary is modified
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This task is used to run HXCOMP.EXE which is used to compile a Help 2
-            (HxS) help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the parameters
-            
-            True if the parameters are valid, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the full path to the tool
-            
-            The full path to the tool
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the command line parameters
-            
-            The command line parameters
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to set the working folder before executing
-            the task and to dump the compiler log file after the build.
-            
-            True if successful or false on failure
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to invert the result of the HXCOMP exit code
-            
-            True on success, false on failure.  HXCOMP returns 0
-            on success, 1 if warnings were issued (which is okay), and another
-            non-zero value for failures.  We ignore the warning return code and
-            treat it as successful.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the tool name (HXCOMP.EXE)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard error info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard output info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the working folder where the files are
-            located.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the path to the help compiler
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the name of the help file (no path or
-            extension).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by the comments cache to report a warning message
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The message text
-        
-        
-            
-            The message to report
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the help index keyword collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The item collection to edit
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete the selected keyword
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark the collection as dirty if changed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the
-             to edit the help index keywords
-            for a topic.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The help index keyword collection as an object
-            The edited help index keyword collection as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the help attribute collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The item collection to edit
-            If true, the Default button is hidden as
-            topics don't need to include the default attributes.  They are
-            added automatically at build time.
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add new help attribute
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete the selected attribute
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a default set of attributes if they are not already there
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark the collection as dirty if changed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to define the position of a custom build component within
-            the Sandcastle configuration file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The XPath navigator containing the configuration
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the placement value
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the ID of the component
-            
-            If not specified, use .
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the type name of the component
-            
-            If not specified, use .
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the instance of the component
-            to replace, insert before, or insert after.
-            
-            If not specified 1 is assumed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This property is used to get or set the instance of the component
-            to replace, insert before, or insert after adjusted for other
-            components that have already been processed.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This enumeration defines the placement values
-            
-        
-        
-            Place the component before the one indicated.
-        
-        
-            Place the component after the one indicated.
-        
-        
-            Insert the component at the start of the configuration
-            file.
-        
-        
-            Insert the component at the end of the configuration
-            file.
-        
-        
-            Replace the indicated component configuration with
-            this one.
-        
-        
-            The component is not used in this configuration
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is an abstract base class used to convert a project in
-            another format to the new MSBuild format project files used by
-            SHFB 1.8.0.0 and later.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The old project filename
-            The folder in which to place the new project
-            and its related files.  This cannot be the same folder as the
-            old project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to perform the actual conversion
-            
-            The new project filename on success.  An exception is
-            thrown if the conversion fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be called after all additional content has been added
-            to create the Folder build items in the project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set the named property to the specified value
-            using Reflection.
-            
-            The name of the property to set
-            The value to which it is set
-            Property name matching is case insensitive as are the
-            values themselves.  This is used to allow setting of simple project
-            properties (non-collection) using command line parameters in the
-            console mode builder.
-            This is thrown if the
-            name parameter is null or an empty string.
-            This is thrown if an error
-            occurs while trying to set the named property.
-            The parsed object value to which the property was set.
-        
-        
-            
-            This converts a relative path to a full path using the old
-            project's folder.
-            
-            The path to convert
-            The fully qualified path
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to expand a wildcard into all matching files
-            
-            The wildcard to expand.
-            True to include subfolders, false
-            to only include the given folder.
-            The list of matching files.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the XML text reader used for the conversion
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the new project folder
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the old project folder
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the old project filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the new project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to convert Stephan Smetsers Sandcastle GUI project
-            files to the MSBuild format project files used by the help file builder.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The old project filename
-            The folder in which to place the new project
-            and its related files.  This cannot be the same folder as the
-            old project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to perform the actual conversion
-            
-            The new project filename on success.  An exception is
-            thrown if the conversion fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add additional content to the project
-            
-            The folder containing the content
-        
-        
-            
-            An XML reader isn't used by this converter
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to convert the Microsoft example Sandcastle GUI
-            project files to the MSBuild format project files used by the help
-            file builder.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The old project filename
-            The folder in which to place the new project
-            and its related files.  This cannot be the same folder as the
-            old project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to perform the actual conversion
-            
-            The new project filename on success.  An exception is
-            thrown if the conversion fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            An XML reader isn't used by this converter
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the XML comments files
-            during the build process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the comments files
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Search all comments files for the specified member.  If not found,
-            add the blank member to the first file.
-            
-            The member name for which to search.
-            The XML node of the found or added member
-        
-        
-            
-            This will search for all type member comments where the ID
-            contains NamespaceDoc and convert them to namespace entries
-            for the containing namespace.
-            
-            The converted ID effectively converts the comments into
-            comments for the class's containing namespace.
-        
-        
-            
-            Returns a list of the comment file paths in a format suitable
-            for inserting into a Sandcastle Configuration file.
-            
-            The working folder path
-            True if generating the list for the
-            inherited documentation tool or false for sandcastle.config.
-            The comment file list XML tags
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns true if any of the comments files
-            contain an <inheritdoc /> tag indicating that the Inherited
-            Documentation tool will need to be ran.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a table of contents entry.  This is used to build the
-            table of contents entries for additional content items.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Compares this instance to another instance and returns an
-            indication of their relative values.
-            
-            A TocEntry object to compare
-            Returns -1 if this instance is less than the
-            value, 0 if they are equal, or 1 if this instance is
-            greater than the value or the value is null.
-            The  property is compared first.
-            If equal, the  property is used.
-        
-        
-            
-            Clone this table of contents entry
-            
-            A clone of this table of contents entry
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark the project as dirty if the contained lists change
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            This may not be the best way to handle this.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The base path provider
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for equal operator
-            
-            The first TOC entry object
-            The second TOC entry object
-            True if equal, false if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for not equal operator
-            
-            The first TOC entry object
-            The second TOC entry object
-            True if not equal, false if they are equal.
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for less than operator
-            
-            The first TOC entry object
-            The second TOC entry object
-            True if t1 is less than t2, false if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for greater than operator
-            
-            The first TOC entry object
-            The second TOC entry object
-            True if t1 is greater than t2, false if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a hash code for this item
-            
-            Returns the hash code for the 
-            value.
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the table of contents entry and its children to a string
-            
-            The entries in HTML 1.x help format
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the table of contents entry and its children to a string
-            in the specified help file format.
-            
-            The help file format to use
-            The entries in specified help format
-            This is thrown if the
-            format is not HtmlHelp1x or HtmlHelp2x.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert the collection to a string and append it
-            to the specified string builder.
-            
-            The help file format to use
-            The string builder to which the information is
-            appended.
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the entry to its <a> element form
-            
-            Optional inner text
-            The topic in its <a> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            This will load information about the entry from the node and will
-            also load all child nodes.
-            
-            The site map node to use for this entry
-        
-        
-            
-            Save this node and its children to the specified root node as
-            site map nodes.
-            
-            The root node to which the current entry
-            is added.
-        
-        
-            
-            See if this entry or one of its children is a match to the
-            specified source filename.
-            
-            The source filename to match
-            The match TOC entry or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to track the topic's parent collection
-            
-            This is used by the designer to move items around within
-            the collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the  for the entry.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the child table of contents collection for this entry
-            
-            If empty, this is a single item in the table of contents.
-            If it has children, they are listed below this one.  A file may
-            or may not be associated with this entry if it is a root node.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the entry's source file path.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the entry's destination file path.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the entry's title in the table of
-            contents.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the page will appear in
-            the table of contents.
-            
-            For root entries that have children, the node will appear
-            in the table of contents but will have no page associated with it.
-            The other options such as  will still have
-            an effect.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the item is the default
-            topic for the help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the topic has links that
-            need to be resolved when the file is copied.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the topic has
-            <pre> blocks that have a lang
-            attribute to indicate that they should be colorized.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the topic has
-            <code /> blocks that need expanding.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the topic has tags
-            that should be resolved to project options.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the table of contents is
-            split after this entry.
-            
-            This is only valid on root entries and the first one seen
-            will cause all items from that tiem onward to appear below the API
-            content.  All items prior to the entry will appear before the API
-            content.  If used, the ContentPlacement project property
-            will be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the sort order for the entry within
-            its group.
-            
-            Entries with identical sort order values will sort by
-            title as well.  Items with not specific sort order will sort
-            below those with a defined sort order.
-        
-        
-            
-            This exception class is thrown by the application if it encounters an
-            unrecoverable error.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor.
-            
-            There are three overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to cache indexed XML comments files
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to raise the  event
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The maximum size of the cache
-        
-        
-            
-            Index all comments files found in the specified folder.
-            
-            The path to search.  If null or empty, the
-            current directory is assumed.
-            The wildcard to use.  If null or empty,
-            "*.xml" is assumed.
-            True to recurse subfolders or false to only
-            use the given folder.
-            Optional.  If not null, an
-             is added to the collection for each
-            file indexed.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the comments for the specified key
-            
-            The key for which to retrieve comments
-            An  for the comments or null
-            if not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the comments file from the index cache that contains the given
-            key.
-            
-            The key for which to retrieve the file
-            The indexed comments file or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            Return all keys in this index
-            
-            A string array containing the keys
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the number of items indexed
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the number of comments files
-            that were indexed.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by the cache to report duplicate key warnings
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class represents an external application that is used to edit
-            an additional content file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clone this object
-            
-            A clone of the object
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            See if the given extension is a match for this file editor.
-            
-            The extension to check
-            True if this is the editor for the given file extension
-            or false if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Substitute actual values for the macro place holders
-            
-            The content item
-            The current project file
-            A string containing the actual arguments to pass to the
-            editor application.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set a description of the editor application
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the filename extensions for which this
-            content file editor will be used.
-            
-            Separate the extensions with space, semi-colon, or a comma
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the parameters to pass to the
-            application.
-            
-            The following macros can be used to subsitute item
-            and path values into the argument string.
-            
-               
-                  Macro Name
-                  Value Used
-               
-               
-                  $ContentItem
-                  The full path to the content item to be
-            edited
-               
-               
-                  $ProjectFile
-                  The fully qualified path and filename of the
-            current project.
-               
-               
-                  $ProjectFolder
-                  The fully qualified path to the current
-            project.
-               
-            
-            
The macro names are case-insensitive.  Enclose arguments in
-            double quotes if they may contain spaces.
-        
-        
-            

-            This is used to get or set the source path to the editor
-            application.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the startup folder used when launching
-            the content file editor.
-            
-            If not set, the current project's path is used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a description of the entry suitable for display in a
-            bound list control.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This property is used to serialize the application path
-            
-             is not serializable because it
-            does not have a parameterless constructor.  This stands in for the
-             property when this class is
-            serialized.
-        
-        
-            
-            This property is used to serialize the startup folder
-            
-             is not serializable because it
-            does not have a parameterless constructor.  This stands in for the
-             property when this class is
-            serialized.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the API filter collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the main
-            window with the current build step.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the main
-            window with information about its progress.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert the API filter from the build into a
-            dictionary so that it is easier to look up the entries.
-            
-            The filter collection to search for project
-            level exclusions.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the reflection information file and to load
-            the root namespace nodes into the tree view.
-            
-            The namespace nodes and type nodes are loaded on demand
-            to reduce the time needed to create the tree view and to conserve
-            some memory for extremely large builds.
-            
Documented APIs are loaded into the first root node.  Inherited
-            APIs are loaded into the second node.  By splitting the inherited
-            stuff out, we can optimze the API filter and allow the user to get
-            rid of unwanted inherited members with a single selection.
-        
-        
-            

-            Add all types found in the specified namespace node to the
-            specified tree node.
-            
-            The parent tree node to which they are
-            added.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all base types found in the specified namespace node to the
-            specified tree node.
-            
-            The parent tree node to which they are
-            added.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all members found in the specified type node to the specified
-            tree node.
-            
-            The parent tree node to which they are
-            added.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all inherited members found in the specified type node to the
-            specified tree node.
-            
-            The parent tree node to which they are
-            added.
-        
-        
-            
-            Examine the nodes and optimize the state of the filter based on
-            various conditions.
-            
-            The node in which the checked state
-            changed.
-            Set the checked state of all child
-            nodes to the parent node's state if true
-        
-        
-            
-            Search the children of the specified tree node looking for the
-            given API member name.
-            
-            The member name for which to search
-            The root node to search
-            The tree node matching the given ID or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to add namespace filters to the API filter
-            
-            The tree node from which to start
-        
-        
-            
-            This will add child filter entries for each tree node where the
-            checked state matches the given state.
-            
-            The filter to which the entries are added
-            The tree nodes to scan
-            The check state to match
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the given node and all of its children match
-            the specified state.
-            
-            The nodes to check
-            The state to match
-            True if all children's checked states match the parent
-            node's checked state, false if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The item collection to edit
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to start the background build process from which
-            we will get the information to load the tree view.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Shut down the build process thread and clean up on exit
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the collection and close the form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Reset the API filter by clearing its content and closing the form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load child tree nodes on demand which speeds up
-            the initial form load for extremely large projects.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Ignore attempts to uncheck the root nodes, namespace and type nodes
-            in the inherited APIs, and nodes that are excluded via other project
-            settings (i.e. namespace comments and <exclude/>
-            tags.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            Unchecking a root node would get rid of everything.
-            Unchecking a namespace or type for an inherited API may
-            inadvertently get rid of something that is needed.  Project
-            excludes will be removed regardless of the API filter setting so
-            must remain excluded.
-        
-        
-            
-            Optimize the filter when a node checked state changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Search for members that match the search conditions
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Goto the selected member in the tree view
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Include or exclude the selected members
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Double-clicking an item is the same as clicking Goto
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to indicate the visibility of a member in the node
-            information type below.
-            
-        
-        
-            The member is public
-        
-        
-            The member is protected
-        
-        
-            The member is internal (Friend)
-        
-        
-            The member is private
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to associate additional information with each tree
-            node to make it easier to look stuff up.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The text for the tree view
-            The API ID
-        
-        
-            
-            This will determine the API entry type and visibility based on
-            the information in the reflection information node.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            If this API node contains template information, add that
-            info to the node's display text.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Determine the API entry type from the ID and possible the
-            subgroup.
-            
-            The type character to convert
-            The subgroup to use
-            An  indicating the entry
-            type.
-        
-        
-            
-            Determine the visibility from the API node information
-            
-            The API type character from the ID
-            The API node information
-            An  indicating the entry's
-            visibility.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set the text to display in the tree view
-            
-            This will be the full namespace name or the type
-            or member name without the namespace.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the API ID (the
-            namespace, type, or member name).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            For types, this will be set to the filter name to use if the
-            class is nested within another class.
-            
-            In such cases, the parent class name(s) must prefix
-            the type so that it can be correctly excluded or included.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set the API node from the reflection information file
-            
-            This will also set the 
-            based on the reflection information in the node.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the API entry type for
-            this node.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the visibility of this
-            node.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set whether or not the entry is a project exclude
-            
-            If excluded via the Namespace Comments project option
-            or an <exclude /> tag, this property will
-            be set to true and the node cannot be marked as exposed.  It
-            is also used to disallow changes to some of the fixed and
-            inherited API entry nodes.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit namespace summaries and to indicate which
-            namespaces should appear in the help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The namespace summary item collection to edit
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the main
-            window with the current build step.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the main
-            window with information about its progress.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the namespace information from the reflection information
-            
-            The reflection information filename
-        
-        
-            
-            Do a partial build on load to gather new namespace information that
-            isn't currently in the project's namespace list.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Shut down the build process thread and clean up on exit
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Store the changes and close the dialog box
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            When the item changes, show its summary in the text box and set
-            the Appears In list box data source.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark the summary item as documented or not when the check state
-            changes.
-            
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clear the selection to prevent accidental deletion of the text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Store changes to the summary when the textbox loses focus
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete an old namespace entry that is no longer needed.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Apply the namespace filter to the namespace list
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark all namespaces as included
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark all namespaces as excluded
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            Note that at least one will need to be selected or the
-            build will fail due to lack of information to document.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is an  component that allows you
-            to add status bar text for menu items and form controls.  When built
-            for use with .NET 2.0, it also supports adding status bar text for
-            menu strip, tool strip, and status strip components.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor
-            
-            There are two overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.  This one takes a reference to a container.
-            
-            The container for the component
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            True to release both managed and unmanaged
-            resources, false to just release unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is implemented to determine if the component can be extended
-            with the extra properties.
-            
-            The object to check
-            True if it can be extended, false if not
-             components and everything derived
-            from ToolStripItem (.NET 2.0) and
-             are extended with the StatusBarText
-            and ShowAsBlank properties with the following exceptions:
-            Form, Label, PictureBox, ProgressBar,
-            ScrollBar, Splitter, StatusBar,
-            ToolBar, ToolStrip (.NET 2.0) and controls derived
-            from them.  The Form contain controls and the other controls
-            cannot receive the focus needed to display the text so there is no
-            point in giving them status bar text.  The exception to the above
-            rule is LinkLabel which can receive the focus and thus can
-            be extended.  ToolStripItem components are only supported
-            when built for use with .NET 2.0.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to retrieve the status bar text for a component.
-            
-            The component for which to get the status bar
-            text
-            The message string if found or null if not found
-            This is thrown if the component
-            is null or if it is not a menu item, control, or a tool strip item.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This stores the status bar text for the specified component.
-            
-            The component associated with the message
-            The status bar text for the component
-            The designer converts strings containing nothing but
-            spaces to empty strings and won't serialize them to code.  If you
-            want a blank string to display, use 
-            to set the "show as blank" flag to true instead.
-            This is thrown if the component
-            is null or if it is not a menu item, control, or a tool strip item.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to retrieve the "show as blank" flag for a menu item
-            or control.
-            
-            The item for which to get the flag
-            True if it will show a blank status bar message or false
-            if not.
-            This is thrown if the component
-            is null or if it is not a menu item, control, or a tool strip item.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This stores the "show as blank" flag for the specified component.
-            
-            The component associated with the property
-            The flag value for the component
-            The designer converts strings containing nothing but
-            spaces to empty strings and this equates to the default and the
-            value is not serialized to code. If you want a blank string to
-            display, set this property to true instead.  This property takes
-            precedence over the StatusBarText property.
-            This is thrown if the component
-            is null or if it is not a menu item, control, or a tool strip item.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to initialize the status strip progress bar
-            controls.
-            
-            The maximum value
-            There are six overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to initialize the status strip progress bar
-            controls.
-            
-            The maximum value
-            A note for the progress note status
-            label control.  If null, the current text is left alone.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to initialize the status strip progress bar
-            controls.
-            
-            The minimum value
-            The maximum value
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to initialize the status strip progress bar
-            controls.
-            
-            The minimum value
-            The maximum value
-            The current value
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to initialize the status strip progress bar
-            controls.
-            
-            The minimum value
-            The maximum value
-            A note for the progress note status
-            label control.  If null, the current text is left alone.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to initialize the status strip progress bar
-            controls.
-            
-            The minimum value
-            The maximum value
-            The current value
-            The step value for the progress bar
-            A note for the progress note status
-            label control.  If null, the current text is left alone.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to update the progress bar with a new value
-            
-            This version updates the progress by the step
-            value.
-            There are four overloads for this method
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to update the progress bar with a new value
-            
-            A note for the progress note status
-            label control.
-            This version updates the progress by the step
-            value and updates the progress note.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to update the progress bar with a new value
-            
-            The current value
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to update the progress bar with a new value
-            
-            The current value
-            A note for the progress note status
-            label control.  If null, the current text is left alone.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to reset the status strip progress bar
-            to its minimum value.
-            
-            This version resets the progress bar to zero and
-            clears the progress note.
-            There are two overloads for this method.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to reset the status strip progress bar
-            to its minimum value and display a new progress message.
-            
-            The progress note to display in
-            the progress note status label.  If set to null, the
-            message is cleared.
-        
-        
-             
-             This is used to set or get the default status bar component to use
-             for displaying the status bar text messages.
-             
-             This property is static and must be set at some point
-             during application initialization.  This component will be used
-             unless the  property is set to
-             override it.
-             
-             
-             
-             
-             
-             
-             // Define the default status bar to use in the main form's
-             // constructor
-             public MainForm()
-             {
-                 InitializeComponent();
-            
-                 //=========
-                 // .NET 1.1
-                 //=========
-                 // Tell the StatusBarTextProvider component the status bar
-                 // to use.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ApplicationStatusBar = sbStatusBar;
-            
-                 // You can also use any panel you like.  The default is zero
-                 // (the left-most panel).  For the demo, we'll use the one
-                 // in the middle.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ApplicationDisplayPanel = 1;
-            
-                 //=========
-                 // .NET 2.0
-                 //=========
-                 // Tell the StatusBarTextProvider component the component
-                 // to use to display the text.  When using a tool strip
-                 // component, the ApplicationDisplayPanel property is ignored.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ApplicationStatusBar = tslStatusText;
-            
-                 // Define the status label and progress bar too.  This allows
-                 // easy access to those items from anywhere within the
-                 // application.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.StatusLabel = tslProgressNote;
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ProgressBar = tspbProgressBar;
-             }
-             
-             
-             ' Define the default status bar to use in the main form's
-             ' constructor
-             Public Sub New()
-                 MyBase.New()
-            
-                 InitializeComponent()
-            
-                 '=========
-                 ' .NET 1.1
-                 '=========
-                 ' Tell the StatusBarTextProvider component the status bar
-                 ' to use.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ApplicationStatusBar = sbStatusBar;
-            
-                 ' You can also use any panel you like.  The default is zero
-                 ' (the left-most panel).  For the demo, we'll use the one
-                 ' in the middle.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ApplicationDisplayPanel = 1;
-            
-                 '=========
-                 ' .NET 2.0
-                 '=========
-                 ' Tell the StatusBarTextProvider component the component
-                 ' to use to display the text.  When using a tool strip
-                 ' component, the ApplicationDisplayPanel property is ignored.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ApplicationStatusBar = tslStatusText;
-            
-                 ' Define the status label and progress bar too.  This allows
-                 ' easy access to those items from anywhere within the
-                 ' application.
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.StatusLabel = tslProgressNote;
-                 StatusBarTextProvider.ProgressBar = tspbProgressBar;
-             End Sub
-             
-             
-             This is thrown if the object
-             is not a status bar control or a tool strip item.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the status bar panel in which to
-            display the messages in the common application status bar.
-            
-            This property is static and must be set at some point
-            during application initialization.  This display panel will be
-            used unless the  property is set
-            to override the status bar used.  In that case, the
-             is used instead.
-            
The default is zero (the first panel).  If the status bar does
-            not have panels, the index exceeds the panel count, or the status
-            bar's 
-            property is false, messages will be shown in the status bar's
-            Text property instead.  This property is ignored if using a
-            tool strip item to display the text.
-            
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            

-            This is used to set or get the default text to show when no item
-            has the focus or no status text for the application status bar.
-            
-            By default, it will be set to the text in the selected
-            status bar component.  If you set it to a different value, set
-            this property after specifying the status bar control to use.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the tool strip status label component
-            that can be used to display a status message in conjunction with
-            the  component.
-            
-            This property is only available when used with .NET 2.0.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the tool strip progress bar component
-            that can be used to display progress through a long running task.
-            
-            This can be used in conjunction with
-            .  This property is only available when
-            used with .NET 2.0.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the status bar component to use for this
-            instance.
-            
-            If not set or set to null, it will use the status bar
-            control assigned to the 
-            property.
-            
-            
-            
-            This is thrown if the object
-            is not a status bar control or a tool strip item.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the status bar panel in which to
-            display the messages when the 
-            property is set to a status bar.
-            
-            The default is zero (the first panel).  If the status
-            bar does not have panels, the index exceeds the panel count,
-            or the status bar's
-             property
-            is false, messages will be shown in the status bar's Text
-            property instead.  If using the ,
-            this property is ignored.  It is also ignored if using a tool
-            strip item to display the text.
-            
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the default text to show when no item
-            has the focus or no status text for the instance status bar.
-            
-            By default, it will be set to the text in the selected
-            status bar component.  If set to a different value, set this
-            property after specifying the status bar control to use.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class contains the options for the items that need status bar
-            text.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The message text to display
-            There are two overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The "show as blank" flag
-        
-        
-            
-            Set or get the message text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The "show as blank" flag
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the documentation sources
-            
-            A documentation source is an assembly, an XML comments file,
-            a Visual Studio project (C#, VB.NET, or J#), or a Visual Studio
-            solution containing one or more C#, VB.NET or J# projects.
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The project that owns the collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection in ascending order.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load existing documentation sources from the
-            project file.
-            
-            The documentation source items
-            The information is stored as an XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to write the documentation source info to an XML
-            fragment ready for storing in the project file.
-            
-            The XML fragment containing the documentation sources
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item to the collection
-            
-            The filename to add
-            The configuration to use for projects
-            The platform to use for projects
-            True to include subfolders, false to
-            only search the top-level folder.
-            The  added to the
-            project or the existing item if the filename already exists in the
-            collection.
-            The  constructor is
-            internal so that we control creation of the items and can
-            associate them with the project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to mark the collection as dirty when it changes
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the dirty state of the collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a list of assemblies in the
-            collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a list of XML comments files in the
-            collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents an API entry that is to be removed from the reflection
-            information using MRefBuilder's namespace ripping feature.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Compares this instance to another instance and returns an
-            indication of their relative values.
-            
-            An ApiFilter object to compare
-            Returns -1 if this instance is less than the
-            value, 0 if they are equal, or 1 if this instance is
-            greater than the value or the value is null.
-            Entries are sorted by API entry type and full name
-        
-        
-            
-            Clone the API filter
-            
-            A clone of the filter
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            There are two overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.  This takes the API type and the full name
-            
-            The API entry type
-            The fully qualified name
-            True to expose it, false to hide it
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert the entry and its children to a string
-            ready for use in the MRefBuilder config file.
-            
-            The string builder to which the information is
-            appended.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the content item information from the project
-            file.
-            
-            The XML text reader from which the information
-            is loaded.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the content item information to the project
-            file.
-            
-            The XML text writer to which the information
-            is written.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert an API type letter to an
-             enumerated value.
-            
-            The letter to convert
-            The ApiEntryType represented by the letter
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the API entry type
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the fully qualified name of the API entry
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the API filter name
-            
-            For API entry types other than namespaces, this is the name
-            without the namespace and, for methods properties, etc. the
-            type.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the entry is exposed
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the entry is excluded
-            via the project (i.e. via the SHFB Namespaces option or an
-            <exclude /> tag.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the child API filter collection for this entry
-            
-            For namespaces and types, if there are children, they
-            represent the specific entries within the namespace or type
-            to hide or expose.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a simple wrapper around an MSBuild project that is used to
-            extract information from it during a help file build.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The MSBuild project to load
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set the active configuration and platform used when
-            evaluating the properties.
-            
-            The active configuration
-            The active platform
-            The output directory
-            If the platform is set to any variation of "Any CPU" and
-            it isn't found in the project, it will be converted to "AnyCPU"
-            (no space).  This works around an issue with Team Build that
-            includes the space even though it should not be present.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set the Visual Studio solution macros based on the
-            specified project name.
-            
-            The solution name to use
-        
-        
-            
-            Clone the project's references and add them to the dictionary
-            
-            The dictionary used to contain the
-            cloned references
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the underlying MSBuild project file reference
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the assembly name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the XML comments file name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the target framework version
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the project GUID
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This task is used to generate the MRefBuilder response file and run
-            MRefBuilder.exe.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the parameters
-            
-            True if the parameters are valid, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the full path to the tool
-            
-            The full path to the tool
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the command line parameters
-            
-            The command line parameters
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the response file commands
-            
-            An empty string
-            Rather than letting the tool task create the response
-            file, we'll create it ourself in the working folder so that we can
-            look at it if the build fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the working folder for the build
-            
-            The working folder for the build
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the tool name (MRefBuilder.exe)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard error info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard output info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the Document Internals flag setting
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the path to the Sandcastle tools
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the working folder where the files are
-            located.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the assemblies to reflect over
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the resolved references
-            
-            References are optional.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the
-             to edit the help attribute
-            items for a project or topic.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The help attribute item collection as an object
-            The edited help attribute item collection as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This type converter is used to convert a FolderPath object to and from
-            a string so that it can be edited in a
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to select and edit the third-party build component
-            configurations.
-            
-            To be editable, the build component configuration file must
-            be present in the .\Build Components folder or a subfolder
-            beneath it.  The build components folder is found under the common
-            application data folder.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current configurations
-        
-        
-            
-            Close this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the build component details when the selected index changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the enabled state of the build component based on its
-            checked state.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add the selected build component to the project with a default
-            configuration.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the selected build component's project configuration
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is handled to resolve dependent assemblies and load them
-            when necessary.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            The loaded assembly
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete the selected build component from the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the conceptual content topics
-            for a project.
-            
-            This class is serializable so that it can be copied to the
-            clipboard.
-        
-        
-            
-            This interface is used to interact with project files that can generate
-            table of contents entries.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the table of contents for the conceptual topics
-            
-            The table of contents collection
-            The base path provider
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the content layout 
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The content layout file associated with the
-            collection.
-            Topics are not loaded until the  method
-            is called.  If the file parameter is null, this is assumed
-            to be a child topic collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            Values are sorted by display title.  Comparisons are
-            case-sensitive.
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the collection from the related file
-            
-            This will be done automatically at constructor.  This can
-            be called to reload the collection if needed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This gets all possible content files from the project and attempts
-            to match them to the topics in the collection by ID.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the topic collection to the related content layout file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by contained items to notify the parent that a child
-            list changed and thus the collection should be marked as dirty.
-            
-            The item that changed
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the topic file in any entry that has a matching ID
-            
-            The topic file
-            The IDs should be unique across all entries but, if a
-            duplicate exists, this will help find it as we'll get a more
-            descriptive error later in the build.
-        
-        
-            
-            This creates copies of the conceptual topic files in the build
-            process's working folder.
-            
-            The folder in which to place the topic files
-            The build process
-            Each topic file will be named using its
-            .  If necessary, its content will be
-            wrapped in a <topic> element.  Sub-topics are written
-            out recursively.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all topics from the specified folder recursively to the
-            collection and to the given project file.
-            
-            The folder from which to get the files
-            The base path to remove from files copied
-            from another folder into the project folder.  On the first call,
-            this should match the  value.
-            The project to which the files are added
-            Only actual conceptual content topic files are added.
-            They must have a ".aml" extension and must be one of the valid
-            document types.  Folders will be
-            added as sub-topics recursively.  If a file with the same name
-            as the folder exists, it will be associated with the container
-            node.  If no such file exists, an empty container node is created.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to set the inserted item's parent to this
-            collection.
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to set the inserted item's parent to this
-            collection.
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to clear the parent on the removed item
-            
-            The index of the item to remove
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to clear the default topic and split TOC topic
-            when the collection is cleared.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the table of contents for the conceptual topics
-            
-            The table of contents collection
-            The base path provider
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the project file item associated
-            with the collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the default topic
-            
-            It returns the default topic or null if one is not set
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the topic at which the table of contents
-            is split by the API content.
-            
-            This will only be valid if it refers to a root level
-            topic.  It will return null if a split location has not been
-            set.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to get a topic by its unique ID (case-insensitive)
-            
-            The ID of the item to get.
-            Returns the topic with the specified
-             or null if not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the build item related to the content layout
-            file containing the collection items.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the locations in which a browser
-            window can be opened for the MSDN SDK links.
-            
-        
-        
-            The URL is loaded into a new unnamed window.
-        
-        
-            The current document is replaced with the specified
-            URL.
-        
-        
-            The URL is loaded into the current frame's parent. If
-            the frame has no parent, this value acts like the value
-            Self.
-        
-        
-            The URL replaces any framesets that may be loaded. If
-            there are no framesets defined, this value acts like the value
-            Self.
-        
-        
-            
-            This class represents a file that is part of the project
-            (MAML/additional content, site map, stylesheet, etc.).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to handle changes in the 
-            properties such that the path gets stored in the project file.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to handle changes in the 
-            properties such that the path gets stored in the project file.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal Constructor
-            
-            The project element
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the paths due to a parent path being renamed
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to filter the properties based on the
-            .
-            
-            The property descriptor collection to filter
-            The filtered property descriptor collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the build action of the item
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the filename (include path)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the link path
-            
-            If the item has no link path, this returns the
-             path.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the full path to the item
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the name of the item
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set an ID for a conceptual content image
-            
-            This is used to indicate that an image file is part of
-            the conceptual content.  Image items without an ID are not
-            valid and will be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set alternate text for an image
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether an item is copied to the output
-            folder during a build.
-            
-            If this is set to true, the image will always be copied to
-            the build's media folder.  If false, it is only copied if referenced
-            in a topic.
-        
-        
-            
-            For content items such as HTML pages, this is used to get or set
-            whether or not the item is excluded from the table of contents.
-            
-            If true, the item is not included in the table of contents.
-            If false, it will be included.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the sort order for content layout and
-            site map files.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit user-defined project properties
-            
-            Note that the MSBuild project object does not provide a way
-            to delete or rename properties.  As such, you have to edit the project
-            file by hand to do those tasks.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project file reference
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the project can be edited.  If not, abort
-            the change by throwing an exception.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to add a new user-defined property to the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the property grid with the selected item
-            
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the list box item when a property changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the user-defined property collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the project file reference
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to edit the user-defined project property items
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The owning dialog
-            The build property to edit or null
-            for a new property
-        
-        
-            
-            Return the name of the build property
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the owning dialog
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the property name
-            
-            Existing properties cannot be renamed as the MSBuild
-            project object doesn't provide a way to do it.  Nor does it
-            allow deleting properties.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the Condition attribute value for
-            the property.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the value for the property
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the 
-            to edit the user-defined properties in a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The help file builder project as an object
-            The help file builder project as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to provide a custom regular expression search
-            function to XPath queries using an XSLT context.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is not used by this class.
-            
-            The base URI of the first document to compare
-            The base URI of the second document to compare
-            Always returns zero (equal).
-        
-        
-            
-            This is not used by this class.
-            
-            The whitespace node to preserve or strip
-            For this class, this always returns true to preserve
-            whitespace.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is not used by this class.
-            
-            The prefix of the variable as it appears
-            in the expression
-            The name of the variable
-            Always returns null
-        
-        
-            
-            Resolves a function reference and return an
-             representing the function. The
-             is used at execution time to get
-            the return value of the function.
-            
-            The prefix of the function as it appears in
-            the XPath expression
-            The name of the function
-            An array of argument types for the function
-            being resolved. This allows you to select between methods with the
-            same name (for example, overloaded methods).
-            An  representing the
-            function
-        
-        
-            
-            This is not used by this class.
-            
-            Always returns true to include whitespace in the output
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents an XML comment file and is used when searching for and
-            adding missing documentation tag information.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark the file as modified if a node is changed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The XML comments filename
-            This is thrown if the
-            filename is null or an empty string.
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the comments file if it was modified
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to fixup the comments for C++ compiler generated
-            XML comments files.
-            
-            The C++ compiler generates method signatures that differ
-            from the other .NET compilers for methods that take generics as
-            parameters.  These methods fail to get documented as they do not
-            match the output of MRefBuilder.  The C# and VB.NET
-            compilers generate names that do match it and this option is not
-            needed for comments files generated by them.  The C++ compiler
-            also has problems resolving references to some members if it
-            hasn't seen them yet.  These are prefixed with "!:" which is
-            removed by the fix-up code.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the source path of the file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the comments file on first use
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the root members node
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This type converter allows you to select a .NET Framework version from
-            those currently installed on the system.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the standard values by searching for the
-            .NET Framework versions installed on the current system.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the values for the type converter's
-            dropdown list.
-            
-            The format context object
-            Returns the standard values for the type
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to indicate that the values are exclusive
-            and values outside the list cannot be entered.
-            
-            The format context object
-            Always returns true
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to indicate that standard values are supported
-            and can be chosen from a list.
-            
-            The format context object
-            Always returns true
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to find out if the specified version of the .NET
-            Framework is present on the system.
-            
-            The version for which to look
-            True if present, false if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the latest version that starts with the
-            given value.
-            
-            The version for which to look
-            The latest version starting with the specified value or
-            the most recent version if not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version number of the most
-            recent copy of the .NET Framework installed on the system.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This type converter allows you to select a culture from a list
-            representing a set of available language resource folders.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the values for the type converter's
-            dropdown list.
-            
-            The format context object
-            Returns the standard values for the type
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to compare two culture info objects by display name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Compare two items
-            
-            The first item to compare
-            The second item to compare
-            -1 if item 1 is less than item 2, 0 if they are equal,
-            or 1 if item 1 is greater than item 2.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the
-             to edit the namespace
-            summaries for a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The namespace summary item collection as an
-            object
-            The edited namespace summary item collection as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to give a more descriptive message in the property
-            grid for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the conceptual document types
-            
-        
-        
-            Unknown document type or empty container node
-        
-        
-            File not found
-        
-        
-            Invalid document (i.e. bad format, parsing errors)
-        
-        
-            Conceptual document
-        
-        
-            Error Message document
-        
-        
-            Glossary document
-        
-        
-            How To document
-        
-        
-            Orientation document
-        
-        
-            Reference List document
-        
-        
-            Reference With Syntax document
-        
-        
-            Reference Without Syntax document
-        
-        
-            Sample Document
-        
-        
-            SDK Technology Overview Architechture document
-        
-        
-            SDK Technology Overview Code Directory document
-        
-        
-            SDK Technology Overview Orientation document
-        
-        
-            SDK Technology Overview Scenarios document
-        
-        
-            SDK Technology Overview Technology Summary document
-        
-        
-            Troubleshooting document
-        
-        
-            User Interface Reference document
-        
-        
-            Walkthrough document
-        
-        
-            Whitepaper document
-        
-        
-            XML Reference document
-        
-        
-            Raw HTML
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the content types that can be edited
-            
-        
-        
-            Code snippets
-        
-        
-            Edit image references
-        
-        
-            Edit tokens
-        
-        
-            Edit topics
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to hold the conceptual content settings for a
-            project during a build and for editing.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project from which to load the settings
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to copy the additional content token, image, and
-            topic files to the build folder.
-            
-            The build process
-            This will copy the code snippet file if specified, save
-            token information to a shared content file called _Tokens_.xml
-            in the build process's working folder, copy the image files to the
-            .\media folder in the build process's working folder, save
-            the media map to a file called _MediaContent_.xml in the
-            build process's working folder, and save the topic files to the
-            .\ddueXml folder in the build process's working folder.
-            The topic files will have their content wrapped in a
-            <topic> tag if needed and will be named using their
-             value.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to create the conceptual content build configuration
-            files.
-            
-            The build process
-            This will create the companion files used to resolve
-            conceptual links and the _ContentMetadata_.xml and
-            ConceptualManifest.xml configuration files.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to create the companion files used to resolve
-            conceptual links.
-            
-            The build process
-        
-        
-            
-            Create the content metadata file
-            
-            The build process
-            The content metadata file contains metadata information
-            for each topic such as its title, table of contents title, help
-            attributes, and index keywords.  Help attributes are a combination
-            of the project-level help attributes and any parsed from the topic
-            file.  Any replacement tags in the token values will be replaced
-            with the appropriate project values.
-            
A true MAML version of this file contains several extra
-            attributes.  Since Sandcastle doesn't use them, I'm not going to
-            waste time adding them.  The only stuff written is what is required
-            by Sandcastle.  In addition, I'm putting the title and
-            PBM_FileVersion item elements in here rather than use the
-            separate companion files.  They all end up in the metadata section
-            of the topic being built so this saves having two extra components
-            in the configuration that do the same thing with different files.
-            
-        
-        
-            

-            Create the content metadata file
-            
-            The build process
-            The content metadata file contains metadata information
-            for each topic such as its title, table of contents title, help
-            attributes, and index keywords.  Help attributes are a combination
-            of the project-level help attributes and any parsed from the topic
-            file.  Any replacement tags in the token values will be replaced
-            with the appropriate project values.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the conceptual content image files
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the conceptual content code snippet files
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the conceptual content token files
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the conceptual content layout files
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a collection of the conceptual content topics
-            
-            Each item in the collection represents one content layout
-            file from the project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to handle all aspects of the build process in a
-            separate thread.
-            
-            
-            This class is used to handle all aspects of the build process in a
-            separate thread.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Load and initialize the plug-ins used by this project
-            
-            This is thrown if a requested
-            plug-in is not found or has a version that is not supported by
-            this version of the help file builder.
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute all plug-ins that need to execute in the given build step
-            that have the given execution behavior.
-            
-            The execution behavior
-            True if at least one plug-in was executed or false if
-            no plug-ins were executed.
-            Plug-ins will execute based on their execution priority.
-            Those with a higher priority value will execute before those with
-            a lower value.  Plug-ins with identical priority values may execute
-            in any order within their group.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used by plug-ins using the
-             execution behavior to
-            execute plug-ins that want to run before the plug-in executes its
-            main processing.
-            
-            This will only run once per step.  Any subsequent calls by
-            other plug-ins will be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used by plug-ins using the
-             execution behavior to
-            execute plug-ins that want to run after the plug-in has executed
-            its main processing.
-            
-            This will only run once per step.  Any subsequent calls by
-            other plug-ins will be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to determine the default topic for the help file
-            and insert any additional table of contents entries for the
-            additional content files.
-            
-            The format of the table of contents
-            (HtmlHelp1x, HtmlHelp2x, or Website).
-            In the absence of an additional content item with a
-            default topic indicator, the default page is determined by
-            extracting the first entry from the generated table of contents
-            file.  If an additional content item with a default topic indicator
-            has been specified, it will be the used instead.  The default
-            topic is not used by HTML Help 2.x files.
-            This is thrown if the
-            format is not HtmlHelp1x, HtmlHelp2x, or
-            Website.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to create the help project output folder and copy
-            the standard content files (art, media, scripts, and styles) to the
-            help project folder.
-            
-            This creates the folders Output\ and
-            Output\html under the working folder and copies the stock
-            art, icon, media, script, and style sheet files from the
-            {@PresentationPath}\art, {@PresentationPath}\icons,
-            {@PresentationPath}\media,
-            {@PresentationPath}\scripts, and
-            {@PresentationPath}\styles folders which are located in the
-            Sandcastle installation folder.  The art, icons, and media folders
-            may or may not exist based on the style.
-        
-        
-            
-            This copies files from the specified source folder to the specified
-            destination folder.  If any subfolders are found below the source
-            folder and the wildcard is "*.*", the subfolders are also copied
-            recursively.
-            
-            The source path from which to copy
-            The destination path to which to copy
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a complete list of files for inclusion in the
-            compiled help file.
-            
-            The folder to expand
-            The HTML help file format
-            The full list of all files for the help project
-            The help file list is expanded to ensure that we get
-            all additional content including all nested subfolders.  The
-            format parameter determines the format of the returned
-            file list.  For HTML 1.x, it returns a list of the filenames.
-            For HTML 2.x, it returns the list formatted with the necessary
-            XML markup.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to generate the website helper files and copy the
-            output to the project output folder ready for use as a website.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to generate the HTML table of contents when creating
-            the website output.
-            
-            The HTML to insert for the table of contents.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to recursively append the child nodes to the
-            HTML table of contents in the specified string builder.
-            
-            The list over which to iterate
-            recursively.
-            The string builder to which the entries are
-            appended.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to change the filenames assigned to each member
-            in the reflection information file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Apply the project's Visibility category properties to the
-            reflection information file.
-            
-            This is used to remove entries from the reflection
-            information file so that it does not appear in the help file.
-            See the Document* properties in the
-             class for information on the
-            items removed.
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove attribute information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove explicit interface implementation information
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove inherited member information from each type's element list
-            based on the project settings.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove member information matching the specified XPath query.
-            
-            The XPath query used to find the members.
-            A description of the members removed.
-            The number of members to be removed
-            Actual removal of the members is deferred.  On very large
-            files, the XPath queries took to long when removing the
-            <elemen> members.
-        
-        
-            
-            Change the visibility of "protected internal" members to
-            "protected".
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove protected members from sealed classes.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used as the match evaluator for the regular expression
-            that finds the <element> entries to remove from the
-            reflection information file.
-            
-            The match found
-            The string with which to replace the match
-            The removals are done this way as it proved to be a very
-            slow process to remove the child elements at the time they
-            were found with an XPath query on very large files.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to clean up the HTML Help 2 collection files so that
-            they are ready for use in registering the collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Open the specified collection file and return it as an
-             ready for editing.
-            
-            The file to open
-            The DTD is removed before returning it.
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project to build
-            There are two overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project to build
-            Pass true to perform a partial build
-        
-        
-            
-            Call this method to perform the build on the project.
-            
-            This event fires when the
-            current build step changes.
-            This event fires to report progress
-            information.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to report progress during the build process
-            within the current step.
-            
-            The message to report
-            A list of arguments to format into the message
-            text
-            This method has two overloads.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to report an error that will abort the build
-            
-            The current build step
-            The error code
-            The message to report
-            A list of arguments to format into the message
-            text
-            This just reports the error.  The caller must abort the
-            build.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to report a warning that may need attention
-            
-            The warning code
-            The message to report
-            A list of arguments to format into the message
-            text
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to report progress during the build process
-            and possibly update the current step.
-            
-            The current build step
-            The message to report
-            A list of arguments to format into the
-            message text
-            This event fires when the
-            current build step changes.
-            This event fires to report progress
-            information.
-        
-        
-            
-            Force garbage collection to reduce memory usage.
-            
-            The reflection information file and XML comments files
-            can be quite large.  To reduce memory usage, we force a garbage
-            collection to get rid of all the discarded objects.
-        
-        
-            
-            Make sure the path isn't one the user would regret having nuked
-            without warning.
-            
-            The name of the path property
-            It's current value
-            The path to the current project
-            Since most people don't read the help file and also ignore
-            the warning in the property grid description pane, we'll take some
-            steps to idiot-proof the dangerous path properties.  I'm starting
-            to lose count of the number of people that point WorkingPath at the
-            root of their C:\ drive and wonder why all their files disappear.
-            
Paths checked for include root references to hard drives and
-            network shares, most common well-known folders, and the project's
-            root folder.
-            This is thrown if the path is
-            one of the ones that probably should not be used.
-        
-        
-            

-            This is used to gather a list of files produced by the build
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Find the Sandcastle tools and the HTML help compiler
-            
-            This is thrown if any of
-            the tools cannot be found.
-        
-        
-            
-            Find a folder by searching the Program Files folders on all fixed
-            drives.
-            
-            The path for which to search
-            The path if found or an empty string if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to find the named executable in one of the Visual
-            Studio SDK installation folders.
-            
-            The name of the executable to find
-            The path if found or an empty string if not found
-            The search looks in all "Visual*" folders under the
-            Program Files special folder on all fixed drives.
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the documentation source information and copy the files to
-            the working folder.
-            
-            This is thrown if any of
-            the information is invalid.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to run a step in the build process
-            
-            The file to execute.  This will be one of
-            the template batch files with all the necessary values for the
-            paths and options plugged into it.
-            The arguments to pass to the file if any.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is the thread procedure used to capture standard ouput text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is the thread procedure used to capture standard error text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Report the output from the currently running tool
-            
-            The line to report
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to generate the namespace summary file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Add project or namespace comments
-            
-            The member node to modify.
-            The summary text to add.
-        
-        
-            
-            Transform the specified template text by inserting the necessary
-            values into the place holders tags.
-            
-            The template text to transform
-            An optional list of arguments to format into the 
-            template before transforming it.
-            The transformed text
-        
-        
-            
-            Transform the specified template by inserting the necessary
-            values into the place holders and saving it to the working folder.
-            
-            The template to transform
-            The folder where the template is
-            located
-            The folder in which to save the
-            transformed file
-            The path to the transformed file
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to read in a file using an appropriate encoding method
-            
-            The file to load
-            Pass the default encoding to use.  On
-            return, it contains the actual encoding for the file.
-            The contents of the file.
-            When reading the file, use the default encoding specified
-            but detect the encoding if byte order marks are present.  In
-            addition, if the template is an XML file and it contains an
-            encoding identifier in the XML tag, the file is read using
-            that encoding.
-        
-        
-            
-            Replace a field tag with a value from the project
-            
-            The match that was found
-            The string to use as the replacement
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a list of .NET Framework comments file
-            locations.
-            
-            The locations of the comments
-            files.
-            A dictionary to contain the cache file
-            names for the comments file sets.
-            If the given language version of the
-            comments are present, they will be used.  If not, the default
-            English version comments files are used.
-            The framework version for which to get
-            comments files.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to generate an appropriate list of entries that
-            represent .NET Framework comments file locations for the various
-            configuration files.
-            
-            The type of list to generate
-            (frameworkcommentlist, importframeworkcommentlist, or
-            cachedframeworkcommentlist)
-            The list of framework comments file sources in the
-            appropriate format.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to merge the component configurations from the
-            project with the sandcastle.config file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles merging of the custom component configurations into
-            the configuration file including dependencies.
-            
-            The ID of the component to merge
-            The build component definition
-            The root container node
-            The configuration node to merge
-            True if this is a conceptual
-            content configuration file or false if it is a reference build
-            configuration file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to copy the additional content files and build a
-            list of them for the help file project.
-            
-            Note that for wilcard content items, the folders are
-            copied recursively.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to merge the conceptual content table of contents with
-            any additional content table of contents information.
-            
-            This will also split the table of contents if any entry
-            has the "split" option.  A split in the conceptual content will
-            take precedence as additional content is always appended to
-            the end of the conceptual content.  Likewise, a default topic in
-            the conceptual content will take precedence over a default topic
-            in the additional content.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to merge destination file information into the site
-            map TOC.
-            
-            The the site entry to update
-            In addition, files in the site map that do not exist in
-            the TOC built from the defined content will be processed and
-            copied to the root folder.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to extract table of contents information from a file
-            that will appear in the help file's table of contents.
-            
-            The file from which to extract the 
-            information
-            The table of contents entry
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to load an additional content file, resolve links
-            to namespace content and copy it to the output folder.
-            
-            The source filename to copy
-            The destination filename
-            The entry being resolved.
-        
-        
-            
-            Replace a link to a namespace item with a link to the HTML page
-            for it.
-            
-            The match that was found
-            The string to use as the replacement
-        
-        
-            
-            Replace a shared content item with it's value.  Note that these
-            may be nested.
-            
-            The match that was found
-            The string to use as the replacement
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load a code block from an external file.
-            
-            The HTML encoded block extracted from the file and
-            wrapped in a <pre> tag ready for colorizing.
-            If a region attribute is found, only the named region
-            is returned.  If n region attribute is found, the whole file is
-            returned.  Relative paths are assumed to be relative to the
-            project folder.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to transform a *.topic file into a *.html file using
-            an XSLT transformation based on the presentation style.
-            
-            The source topic filename
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to generate the API filter collection used by
-            MRefBuilder to exclude items from the reflection information file.
-            
-            Namespaces and members with an <exclude />
-            tag in their comments are removed using the ripping feature as it
-            is more efficient than searching for and removing them from the
-            reflection file after it has been generated especially on large
-            projects.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to manually apply the specified API filter to the
-            specified reflection information file.
-            
-            The API filter to apply
-            The reflection information file
-            This can be used by any plug-in that does not produce a
-            reflection information file using MRefBuilder.exe.  In such
-            cases, the API filter is not applied unless the plug-in uses this
-            method.  If the reflection information file is produced by
-            MRefBuilder.exe, there is no need to use this method as it
-            will apply the API filter automatically to the file that it
-            produces.
-        
-        
-            
-            Apply a member filter to the specified type.
-            
-            The APIs node from which to remove info
-            The type filter to be processed
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove an entire namespace and all of its members
-            
-            The APIs node from which to remove info
-            The namespace ID to remove
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove an entire type and all of its members
-            
-            The APIs node from which to remove info
-            The type ID to remove
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a  containing
-            the currently loaded plug-ins.
-            
-            The key is the plug in name.  The value is a reference to
-            an  interface for the plug-in.
-            This allows you to access other plug-ins to facilitate
-            sharing of information between them.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the path to MSBuild.exe
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the location of the help file builder executables
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the location of the help file builder template
-            folder.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the project folder name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the project filename without the folder
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the output folder where the log file and help file
-            can be found after the build process has finished.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the name of the working files folder
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the name of the main Sandcastle folder determined
-            by the build process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the name of the HTML Help 1.x compiler folder
-            determined by the build process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the name of the HTML Help 2.x compiler folder
-            determined by the build process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the name of the main Sandcastle presentation style
-            folder determined by the build process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the name of the log file used for saving the
-            build progress messages.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the name of the reflection information file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the current project being used for the build
-            
-            Although there is nothing stopping it, project options
-            should not be modified during a build.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the current help file format being generated
-            
-            The GenerateHelpFormatTableOfContents,
-            GenerateHelpFileIndex, GenerateHelpProject,
-            UpdateTableOfContents, and CompilingHelpFile steps
-            will run once for each help file format selected.  This property
-            allows a plug-in to determine which files it may need to work with
-            during those steps or to skip processing if it is not
-            relevant.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the partial build flag
-            
-            Partial builds occur when editing the namespace summaries,
-            editing the API filter, and as part of some plug-ins and may not
-            require all build options.  In a partial build, build steps after
-            ApplyVisibilityProperties are not executed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the conceptual content settings in effect for
-            the build.
-            
-            This will not return a useable value until after the
-            CopyStandardContent .
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a list of the Help 1 (CHM) files that were built
-            
-            If the Help 1 format was not built, this returns an
-            empty collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a list of the Help 2 (HxS) files that were built
-            
-            If the Help 2 format was not built, this returns an
-            empty collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a list of the website files that were built
-            
-            If the website format was not built, this returns an
-            empty collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This controls whether or not the API filter is suppressed.
-            
-            By default, it is not suppressed and the API filter will be
-            applied.  The API Filter designer uses this to suppress the filter
-            so that all members are obtained.
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised to report a change in the build step
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised to report progress information throughout
-            each build step.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the XML comments files collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the API filter that is used at
-            build-time to filter the API elements.
-            
-            This is a combination of the project's API filter,
-            namespace exclusions, and <exclude /> tag
-            exclusions.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to limit which values are available to properties using
-             as their underlying type.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Build actions that serve no purpose for selection
-            are removed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This class represents a conceptual content topic file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The file build item from the project
-            This is thrown if the file
-            item is null.
-        
-        
-            
-            This will parse the file content and extract the document type,
-            unique ID, and revision number.
-            
-            If false and the file has already been
-            parsed, the method just returns.  If true, the file is reparsed
-            to refresh the information.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to parse the ID and revision number from an HTML file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the file build item
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the name of the file without the path
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the full path to the file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the unique ID of the topic
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the topic's revision number
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the document type
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to return the error message if
-             returns Invalid.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-             This class is a custom XPath function used to perform a regular
-             expression search in XPath queries.
-             
-             The function should be passed a value to compare, the regular
-             expression to use, and a Boolean indicating whether or not to do a
-             case-insensitive match.
-             
-             Some examples of XPath queries using the function:
-             
-             //apis/api[matches-regex(string(@id), 'utils.*proj', boolean(true))
-            
-             //apis/api[matches-regex(string(@id), 'Proj|Filt|Excep', boolean(false))
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to invoke the matches-regex method.
-            
-            The XSLT context for the function call
-            The arguments for the function call
-            The context node for the function call
-            An object representing the return value of the function
-            (true for a match, false for no match).
-            This is thrown if the
-            number of arguments for the function is not three.
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the supplied XPath types for the function's argument list.
-            This information can be used to discover the signature of the
-            function which allows you to differentiate between overloaded
-            functions.
-            
-            Always returns an array with two String types and a Boolean
-            type specified
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the minimum number of arguments for the function. This enables
-            the user to differentiate between overloaded functions.
-            
-            Always returns three
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the maximum number of arguments for the function. This enables
-            the user to differentiate between overloaded functions.
-            
-            Always returns three
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the XPath type returned by the function
-            
-            Always returns Boolean
-        
-        
-            
-            This class contains information about the loaded build components.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The XPath navigator containing the
-            component's configuration information
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the ID of the build component
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the type name of the component
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the path to the assembly containing
-            the component
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns copyright information for the
-            component.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns version information for the
-            component.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a description of the component
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the hidden flag
-            
-            If hidden, the component will not be selectable from
-            within the help file builder.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns true if the component configuration
-            is valid or false if it is not.
-            
-            If not valid, the component cannot be used.
-        
-        
-            
-            If not valid, this read-only property returns the reason
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the method name used to configure
-            the component interactively from within the help file builder.
-            
-            If not specifed, a default editor will be used to allow
-            modifying the raw XML configuration text.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the default configuration for
-            the component.
-            
-            This will include the enclosing <component> tag.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the position of the component in
-            the reference build configuration file (sandcastle.config).
-            
-            If not defined, it will not be used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the position of the component in
-            the conceptual build configuration file (conceptual.config).
-            
-            If not defined, it will not be used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the collection of component IDs
-            on which this component depends.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to give a more descriptive message in the property
-            grid for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This type converter is used to convert a FilePath object to and from
-            a string so that it can be edited in a
-            .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a conceptual content token that can be used to insert
-            a common item, value, or construct into topics.
-            
-            This class is serializable so that it can be copied to the
-            clipboard.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The token name defaults to "NoName"
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The token name
-            The token value
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the token to its <token> element form
-            
-            The token in its <token> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the token name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the token value
-            
-            The value can contain help file builder replacement tags.
-            These will be replaced at build time with the appropriate project
-            value.
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the API entry types that can be
-            removed from the reflection information file.
-            
-        
-        
-            An unknown entry
-        
-        
-            A namespace
-        
-        
-            A class
-        
-        
-            An interface
-        
-        
-            An interface
-        
-        
-            An enumeration
-        
-        
-            A delegate
-        
-        
-            A constructor
-        
-        
-            A method
-        
-        
-            An operator
-        
-        
-            A property
-        
-        
-            An event
-        
-        
-            A field
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the type of links used to reference
-            other help topics referring to framework (SDK) help topics.
-            
-        
-        
-            No active links.
-        
-        
-            MS-Help style links for use within an HTML 2.x help
-            file.
-        
-        
-            Links to framework topics on MSDN.  This is the
-            default.  This type is compatible with HTML 1.x and HTML
-            2.x help files.
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the build action (item name) for build items in a project
-            
-        
-        
-            No action, the item is ignored
-        
-        
-            Conceptual content image file
-        
-        
-            Conceptual content code snippets file
-        
-        
-            Conceptual content token file
-        
-        
-            Conceptual content layout file
-        
-        
-            Additional content site map file
-        
-        
-            Additional content topic transformation file
-        
-        
-            General content file (HTML, stylesheet, images not
-            related to conceptual content, etc.)
-        
-        
-            A folder (project explorer designation only, not a build
-            action)
-        
-        
-            The project (project explorer designation only, not a
-            build action)
-        
-        
-            A documentation source (project explorer designation only,
-            not a build action)
-        
-        
-            A reference item (project explorer designation only, not a
-            build action)
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the missing documentation tags for
-            which to search.
-            
-        
-        
-            Do not search for any missing tags.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing <summary> tags.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing <param> tags.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing <returns> tags.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing <value> tags.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing <remarks> tags.
-        
-        
-            Automatically document constructors if they are missing a
-            <summary> tag.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing namespace comments.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing <typeparam> tags.
-        
-        
-            Search for missing <include> target documentation.
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold a plug-in's configuration and
-            enabled state.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is the base class for collection items that are stored in an
-            MSBuild property element.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The owning project
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the project can be edited.  If not, abort
-            the change by throwing an exception.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the owning project file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the dirty state of the item
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The enabled state
-            The configuration
-            The owning project
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the plug-in's enabled state
-            
-            If set to false, the plug-in will not be used in the build
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the plug-in's configuration information
-            
-            This should be an XML fragment.  The root node should be
-            named configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to mark a property that needs its value escaped when
-            stored in an MSBuild project file.
-            
-            MSBuild requires that the following characters be escaped in
-            property values unless they are intended to be interpreted by the
-            build engine:  % * ? @ $ ( ) ; '.  In addition, this attribute will
-            cause the values to be HTML encoded so that any HTML characters,
-            especially tag delimiters are not interpreted.  MSBuild tends to add
-            XML namespaces to things it thinks are XML elements.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to HTML encode and escape an MSBuild property value.
-            
-            The unescaped value
-            The HTML encoded escaped value
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return an unescaped and HTML decoded MSBuild value
-            
-            The escaped value
-            The unescaped and HTML decoded value
-            MSBuild provides an escape method but no unescape method.
-            Go figure.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert the match to its unescaped character
-            
-            The match
-            The unescaped character as a string
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert a hex character to its integer value
-            
-            The hex character
-            The integer value
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to manage the set of third party build components.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the build components found in the ".\Build Components" folder
-            and its subfolders.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to resolve replacement tags and environment variables
-            in a build component's assembly path and return the actual path
-            to it.
-            
-            The path to resolve
-            The actual absolute path to the assembly
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the build components folder
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the Sandcastle installation folder
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a dictionary containing the loaded build component
-            information.
-            
-            The dictionary keys are the component IDs.
-        
-        
-             
-             This class is a custom XPath function used to convert an API name into
-             its more readable form used for searching.
-             
-             The function should be passed an XML node containing the
-             necessary information used to obtain the name and convert it into the
-             searchable format along with a boolean indicating whether or not the
-             name should be fully qualified with the namespace and type.
-             
-             
-             Some examples of XPath queries using the function:
-             
-             //apis/api[matches-regex(resolve-name(node(), boolean(false),
-             'utils.*proj', boolean(true))
-            
-             //apis/api[matches-regex(resolve-name(node(), boolean(true)),
-             'Proj|Filt|Excep', boolean(false))
-             
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to invoke the resolve-name method.
-            
-            The XSLT context for the function call
-            The arguments for the function call
-            The context node for the function call
-            An object representing the return value of the function
-            (the name string).
-            This is thrown if the
-            number of arguments for the function is not two.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to replace the template marker in a type name
-            
-            The API node to use
-            The node text to modify
-            The updated node text
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the supplied XPath types for the function's argument list.
-            This information can be used to discover the signature of the
-            function which allows you to differentiate between overloaded
-            functions.
-            
-            Always returns an array with a Navigator type
-            and a Boolean type entry.
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the minimum number of arguments for the function. This enables
-            the user to differentiate between overloaded functions.
-            
-            Always returns two
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the maximum number of arguments for the function. This enables
-            the user to differentiate between overloaded functions.
-            
-            Always returns two
-        
-        
-            
-            Gets the XPath type returned by the function
-            
-            Always returns String
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a a namespace summary item that can be used to add
-            comments to a namespace in the help file or exclude it completely
-            from the help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The namespace's name
-            The flag indicating whether or not the
-            namespace is to be documented.
-            The summary text
-            The owning project
-        
-        
-            
-            Return the namespace name as the string representation of the
-            object.
-            
-            The namespace name
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the namespace is included
-            in the help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the namespace summary comments
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the namespace name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This task is used to clean (remove) help file output from the last
-            build.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to execute the task and clean the output folder
-            
-            True on success or false on failure.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the project filename
-            
-            Since  already wraps the
-            MSBuild project, it made sense to just load it in the task and
-            build it that way rather than have one or more other structures
-            to hold passed in project properties that then got passed to the
-            build process.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the output path that needs to be cleaned
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the optional working path that needs to be
-            cleaned.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the optional log file location that needs
-            to be cleaned.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a really basic implementation of an algorithm used to create
-            a full-text index of the website pages so that they can be searched
-            using the ASP.NET web pages.
-            
-            So that an assembly does not have to be deployed to
-            deserialize the index information, the index information is represented
-            using built-in data types (string and long).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The file containing common word
-            exclusions.  The file should contain one work per line in
-            lowercase.  These words will not appear in the index.
-            The culture information
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a full-text index from web pages found in the specified
-            file path.
-            
-            The path containing the files to index
-            Words in the exclusion list, those that are less than
-            three characters long, and anything starting with a digit will
-            not appear in the index.
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the index information to the specified location.
-            
-            The path to which the index files are
-            saved.
-            Binary serialization is used to save the index data.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit a build component configuration as XML text.
-            This is used for components that have to built-in configuration method.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the form without saving
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Clear the text selection on entry to prevent accidental
-            deletion of the text.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the configuration text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the conceptual content image
-            references for a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project file containing the image
-            build items.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            Values are sorted by display title and ID.  Comparisons
-            are case-insensitive.
-        
-        
-            
-            Write the image reference collection to a map file ready for use
-            by BuildAssembler.
-            
-            The file to which the image reference
-            collection is saved.
-            The path to which the image files
-            should be copied.
-            The build process
-            Images with their 
-            property set to true are copied to the media folder immediately.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to refresh the collection by loading the image
-            build items from the project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Find the image with the specified ID (case-insensitive).
-            
-            The ID to find
-            The image if found or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            Find the image with the specified filename.
-            
-            The filename to find
-            The image if found or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to get an image by its unique ID (case-sensitive)
-            
-            The ID of the item to get.
-            Returns the image with the specified
-             or null if not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the project summary comments.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clear the selection to prevent accidental deletion of the text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Get or set the project summary comments
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This property descriptor can be used to alter the read-only state of a
-            property in a property grid at runtime based on other conditions.
-            
-            To use it, derive a new class and override the
-             property.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The type descriptor
-            The property descriptor
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the associated type descriptor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the property descriptor wrapped by this class
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Derived classes must override this method
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to convert NDoc 1.x project files to the MSBuild
-            format project files used by the help file builder.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The old project filename
-            The folder in which to place the new project
-            and its related files.  This cannot be the same folder as the
-            old project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to perform the actual conversion
-            
-            The new project filename on success.  An exception is
-            thrown if the conversion fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add additional content to the project
-            
-            The folder containing the content
-        
-        
-            
-            An XML reader isn't used by this converter
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to convert DocProject project files to the MSBuild
-            format project files used by the help file builder.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The old project filename
-            The folder in which to place the new project
-            and its related files.  This cannot be the same folder as the
-            old project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to perform the actual conversion
-            
-            The new project filename on success.  An exception is
-            thrown if the conversion fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            Parse project properties from the project extensions section
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Import a file into the project
-            
-            The file information
-        
-        
-            
-            Import image file information from a media content file.
-            
-            The media content filename
-        
-        
-            
-            Import attribute information from a companion file
-            
-            The companion filename
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a content layout file for the conceptual topics
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert a conceptual content topic and all of its children
-            
-            The XML reader containing the topics
-            The XML writer to which they are written
-        
-        
-            
-            Topic settings were found but no content layout file.  In such
-            cases, this is called to create a default content layout file
-            based on the settings alone.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            An XML reader isn't used by this converter
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class holds a set of constants that define various application
-            values such as the application name, common data folder, etc.
-            
-        
-        
-            The company name
-        
-        
-            The application name
-        
-        
-            The application folder in which the component and user
-            data files are stored.
-            This folder will be located under the
-            CommonApplicationData
-            or LocalApplicationData
-            folder.
-        
-        
-            This folder is located under the
-            LocalApplicationData
-            folder and contains user-defined item templates that can be added
-            to a project.
-        
-        
-            This folder is located under the
-            LocalApplicationData
-            folder and contains user-defined conceptual content topic templates
-            that can be added to a project.
-        
-        
-            This folder is located under the
-            CommonApplicationData
-            folder and contains custom build components that can be added to a
-            project.
-        
-        
-            This folder is located under the
-            CommonApplicationData
-            folder and contains custom plug-ins that can be added to a
-            project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the reference items for a project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The project that owns the collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection in ascending order.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to ensure that the collection has up to date
-            information about the reference build items in the project.
-            
-            True to refresh if out of date or false
-            to only load the references if not already done.
-            The collection is only loaded when necessary
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new GAC or file reference item to the collection
-            
-            The reference name.  This will be the
-            GAC name or the base filename for file reference.
-            The hint path for file references.  For
-            GAC references, this should be null.
-            The  added to the
-            project.  If the named item already exists in the collection
-            a reference to the existing item is returned.
-            The  constructor is internal
-            so that we control creation of the items and can associate them
-            with a project element.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new project reference item to the collection
-            
-            The path to the project
-            The  added to the
-            project.  If the named item already exists in the collection
-            a reference to the existing item is returned.
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove an item from the collection and from the project file
-            
-            The index of the item to remove
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to suppress the event when loading references
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the optional visible items in the
-            help file.
-            
-        
-        
-            None of the optional items are visible.
-        
-        
-            Document attributes.
-        
-        
-            Document explicit interface implementations.
-        
-        
-            Document inherited members.
-        
-        
-            Document inherited framework members.  For this to work,
-            InheritedMembers must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            Document internal members.
-        
-        
-            Document private members.
-        
-        
-            Document protected members.
-        
-        
-            Document "protected internal" members as "protected"
-            only.
-        
-        
-            Document protected members of sealed classes.  For this
-            to work, Protected must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            Document private fields.  For this to work,
-            Privates must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            Document inherited private framework members.  For this to
-            work InheritedFrameworkMembers must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            Document inherited internal framework members.  For this to
-            work InheritedFrameworkMembers must also be enabled.
-        
-        
-            
-            This class defines the execution context in which the plug-in is being
-            called during the build process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current build step.
-            The behavior of the plug-in for the
-            current context.
-            This is thrown if an attempt
-            is made to specify more than one behavior type.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the current build step
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the execution behavior for the
-            plug-in in the current context.
-            
-            Before indicates that it is being called before the
-            normal help file builder processing.  After indicates that
-            it is being called after the normal help file builder processing.
-            InsteadOf indicates that it is being called instead of the
-            normal help file builder processing.
-        
-        
-            
-            This property is used to set or get whether or not the plug-in
-            actually executed.
-            
-            It is true by default.  Set it to false if the plug-in
-            did not execute.
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the help attribute items for a
-            project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project that owns the collection or
-            null for a standalone collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            Values are sorted by attribute name and value
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load existing help attribute items from the project
-            file.
-            
-            The help attribute items
-            The information is stored as an XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the help attributes from the given XML text reader
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to write the help attribute info to an XML fragment
-            ready for storing in the project file.
-            
-            The XML fragment containing the help attribute info
-        
-        
-            
-            Write the collection to the given XML text writer
-            
-            The XML text writer to which the information
-            is written.
-            True to write out the containing
-            HelpAttributes element, false to exclude it.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item to the collection
-            
-            The attribute name
-            The attribute value
-            The  added to the project.  If
-            If the item already exists in the collection, the existing item is
-            returned.
-            The  constructor is internal so
-            that we control creation of the items and can associate them with
-            the project.
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the collection to its string form for use in the
-            sandcastle.config file.
-            
-            The help attribute collection in string form ready for
-            use in the Sandcastle BuildAssembler configuration file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to mark the collection as changed when there is no
-            associated project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to mark the collection as dirty when it changes
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the dirty state of the collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This type converter converts between a string and a
-             object and vice versa.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            A  object.  The value is
-            always a four-part version number with any unused parts defaulted
-            to zero.  If the new value is null or an empty string, null is
-            returned.
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This type converter allows you to select a presentation style folder
-            from those currently installed in the .\Presentation folder
-            found in the main installation folder of Sandcastle.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the standard values by searching for the
-            .NET Framework versions installed on the current system.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the values for the type converter's
-            dropdown list.
-            
-            The format context object
-            Returns the standard values for the type
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to indicate that the values are exclusive
-            and values outside the list cannot be entered.
-            
-            The format context object
-            Always returns true
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to indicate that standard values are supported
-            and can be chosen from a list.
-            
-            The format context object
-            Always returns true
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to find out if the specified style is present on the
-            system.
-            
-            The style for which to look
-            True if present, false if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the first style that matches case-insensitively
-            or, failing that, starts with or contains the given value
-            case-insensitively.
-            
-            The style for which to look
-            The best match or the first style if not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the default style
-            
-            Returns vs2005 if present.  If not, it returns the
-            first best match or, failing that, the first style in the list.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to select and edit the plug-in configurations.
-            
-            To be editable, the plug-in assembly must be present in
-            the .\Plug-Ins folder or a subfolder beneath it.  The plug-ins
-            folder is found under the common application data folder.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The current configurations
-        
-        
-            
-            Close this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the plug-in details when the selected index changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the enabled state of the plug-in based on its checked state
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add the selected plug-in to the project with a default
-            configuration.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the selected plug-in's project configuration
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete the selected plug-in from the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to give a more descriptive message in the property
-            grid for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the conceptual content tokens
-            for an associated token file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The token file associated with the collection.
-            Tokens are not loaded until the  method
-            is called.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            Values are sorted by token name and value.  Comparisons
-            are case-sensitive.
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the collection from the related file
-            
-            This will be done automatically at constructor.  This can
-            be called to reload the collection if needed.
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the token collection to its related file ready for use by
-            BuildAssembler.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the project file item associated
-            with the collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a custom event arguments class for the
-             event.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the current build step of the build process
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the message associated with the progress report
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a flag indicating whether or not the build has completed
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the namespace summary items
-            for a project.
-            
-            Namespaces that appear in the assemblies but not in this
-            list are documented by default and will appear without a namespace
-            summary.
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The project that owns the collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the namespace items by name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load existing namespace summary items from the
-            project file.
-            
-            The namespace summary items
-            The information is stored as an XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to write the namespace summary info to an XML
-            fragment ready for storing in the project file.
-            
-            The XML fragment containing the namespace summary info
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item to the collection
-            
-            The namespace name
-            True for documented, false for not
-            documented
-            The summary text
-            The  added to the
-            project.  If the namespace already exists in the collection,
-            the existing item is returned.
-            The  constructor is
-            internal so that we control creation of the items and can
-            associate them with the project.
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a temporary item that isn't part of the project
-            
-            The namespace name
-            The  that can later
-            be added to the project if necessary.
-            This is thrown if the given
-            namespace already exists in the collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to mark the collection as dirty when it changes
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a reference to the project that owns the
-            collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the dirty state of the collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Indexer.  This can be used to retrieve the summary information
-            for the specified namespace.
-            
-            The namespace for which to search
-            The namespace summary information if found or null if
-            not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the naming method to use for the
-            help topic filenames.
-            
-        
-        
-            Use the default GUID file naming method.
-        
-        
-            Use the member name without parameters as the
-            filename.  The characters ":", ".", "#", and "`" in the name are
-            replaced with an underscore (i.e. T:CustomType becomes
-            T_CustomType, M:CustomType.#ctor becomes M_CustomType__ctor,
-            P:CustomType.Property becomes P:CustomType_Property, etc).
-            Duplicate names will have an incrementing value appended to the
-            end of the name (i.e. M_CustomType_Method,
-            M_CustomType.Method_1, M_CustomType_Method_2, etc).
-        
-        
-            Use the hashed member name without parameters as the
-            filename.  No character replacements are made for this option
-            and the GetHashCode method is used to generate the hash
-            value and it is formatted as a hex value.  This is useful for
-            extremely long type names that cause the filename to exceed the
-            maximum length when the full path is included.  Duplicate names
-            will have an incrementing value appended to the name prior to
-            creating the hash value as needed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the languages to include in the
-            help topic Syntax section.
-            
-        
-        
-            Do not include the syntax section.
-        
-        
-            Include C# syntax.
-        
-        
-            Include VB.NET syntax.
-        
-        
-            Include C++ syntax.
-        
-        
-            Include the J# syntax.
-        
-        
-            Include the JScript syntax.
-        
-        
-            Include the Visual Basic usage syntax.
-        
-        
-            Include the XAML usage syntax.
-        
-        
-            Include the JavaScript syntax.
-        
-        
-            The standard set (C#, VB.NET, and C++).
-        
-        
-            Include all languages except the usage filters
-        
-        
-            Include all languages and usage.
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the help index keyword items for
-            a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            Values are sorted by index name and term
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the keyword collection from the project
-            file.
-            
-            The XML text reader from which the information
-            is loaded.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the keyword collection to the project
-            file.
-            
-            The XML text writer to which the information
-            is written.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to mark the collection as changed when there is no
-            associated project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents an HTML Help 2.x attribute that can be added to the
-            XML data island in each help topic generated by BuildAssembler.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The attribute name
-            The attribute value
-            The owning project
-        
-        
-            
-            Compares this instance to another instance and returns an
-            indication of their relative values.
-            
-            A MSHelpAttr object to compare
-            Returns -1 if this instance is less than the
-            value, 0 if they are equal, or 1 if this instance is
-            greater than the value or the value is null.
-            Entries are sorted by name and then value
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a hash code for this item
-            
-            Returns the hash code for the attribute name and value.
-        
-        
-            
-            Return a string representation of the item
-            
-            Returns the item in its XML format
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the attribute name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the attribute value
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This task is used to build help file output using the Sandcastle Help
-            File Builder.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to execute the task and perform the build
-            
-            True on success or false on failure.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to obtain a reference to the project that is currently
-            being built.
-            
-            The current project if possible or null if it could not
-            be obtained.
-            The build engine provides no way to get a reference to
-            the current project.  As such, we have to resort to reflection to
-            get it.  This was much easier under .NET 2.0 as the project was a
-            project of the BuildEngine object.  The .NET 3.5 build engine hides
-            it way down in the object hierarchy.  We could build the project
-            without it but we lose the ability to use command line overrides
-            and changes to user-defined properties.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the
-            application with the current build step.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the
-            task with information about progress.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the project filename
-            
-            Since  already wraps the
-            MSBuild project, it seemed redundant to define each and every
-            property on this task and map them to the project properties.  As
-            such, this task will attempt to use the executing project to create
-            the Sandcastle project instance.  If that fails or
-             is true, this file will be
-            loaded instead.  The downside is that property overrides on the
-            command line will be ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the configuration to use for the build
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the platform to use for the build
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to specify the output directory containing the build
-            output for solution and project documentation sources when using
-            Team Build.
-            
-            This property is optional.  If not specified, the default
-            output path in project file documentation sources will be used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the output logging verbosity flag
-            
-            This property is optional.  If set to false (the default),
-            only build steps are written to the task log.  If set to true, all
-            output from the build process is written to the task log.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get whether the log file is dumped to the
-            task log if the help file project build fails.
-            
-            This property is optional.  If set to false (the default),
-            the log is not dumped if the build fails.  If set to true, all
-            output from the build process is written to the task log if the
-            build fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to specify whether or not to load the specified
-             rather than use the executing project.
-            
-            This property is optional.  If set to false, the default,
-            the executing project is used as the Sandcastle project to build.
-            If set to true, the specified  is loaded.
-            In such cases, command line property overrides are ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return a list of the Help 1 (CHM) files that
-            resulted from the build.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return a list of the Help 2 (HxS) files that
-            resulted from the build.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return a list of the website files that resulted
-            from the build.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return a list of all files that resulted from the
-            build (all help formats).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays a checked list box as the drop-down
-            editor for an enumerated data type that represents a set of flags.
-            This makes it easy to select multiple values with the drop-down.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using a checked list box
-            control as the drop-down editor.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The enumerated type object to edit
-            The edited enumerated type object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns DropDown as long as there is a
-            context and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the
-             to edit the build
-            component configurations.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The component configuration dictionary as an
-            object
-            The edited component configuration dictionary as an
-            object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a custom property grid that allows you to set the initial
-            width of the property name pane and has a context menu that allows
-            you to hide the description pane and reset the selected property
-            value.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            True to release both managed and unmanaged
-            resources, false to just release unmanaged resources.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to reset the pane width to the user-preferred
-            width after creating the control.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This updates the context menu based on the current property grid
-            state before it is displayed.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Reset the value of the current property
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Show or hide the property description pane
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Copy the current property's name to the clipboard
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the width of the property name pane
-            
-            Reflection is used to modify the pane width
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a conceptual content CodeReference that can be used to insert
-            a common item, value, or construct into topics.
-            
-            This class is serializable so that it can be copied to the
-            clipboard.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The reference ID
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the token to its <codeReference> element form
-            
-            The token in its <codeReference> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the CodeReference name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This exception class is thrown by the application if it encounters an
-            unrecoverable error.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor.
-            
-            There are six overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This constructor takes an error code and a message string
-            
-            The error code.  The suggested format is
-            one to four letters to identify the component or process followed
-            by four digits, zero padded to the left, with no spaces.
-            The exception message
-        
-        
-            
-            This constructor takes an error code, a message string, and an
-            inner exception.
-            
-            The error code.  The suggested format is
-            one to four letters to identify the component or process followed
-            by four digits, zero padded to the left, with no spaces.
-            The exception message
-            The inner exception
-        
-        
-            
-            Deserialization constructor for use with
-            .
-            
-            The serialization info object
-            The streaming context object
-        
-        
-            
-            This implements the 
-            interface and adds the error code to the serialization information.
-            
-            The serialization info object
-            The streaming context
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the error code associated with the exception
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold build items from a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project file containing the build items
-            The build action for the items to hold in
-            the collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            Values are sorted by display title and ID.  Comparisons
-            are case-insensitive.
-        
-        
-            
-            Sort content layout files
-            
-            The first file item
-            The second file item
-        
-        
-            
-            General sort
-            
-            The first file item
-            The second file item
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to refresh the collection by loading the image
-            build items from the project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class defines when a plug-in gets executed during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The step in which the plug-in
-            should run.
-            The behavior of the plug-in when it
-            is ran.
-            This is thrown if an attempt
-            is made to set the Before or After behavior with the InsteadOf
-            behavior.  It is also thrown for invalid combinations of build
-            step and behavior, i.e. Initializing with Before or InsteadOf.
-            See the help file for a full list.
-            There are two overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            This constructor is used to set a specific execution priority.
-            
-            The step in which the plug-in
-            should run.
-            The behavior of the plug-in when it
-            is ran.
-            The execution priority for the
-            plug-in.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the build step in which the
-            plug-in will run.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the execution behavior of the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the execution priority of the
-            plug-in.
-            
-            Plug-ins with a higher priority value will execute before
-            those with a lower priority value.  If not specified, the default
-            is 1,000.
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the different cache types that can be used
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the items that GetDisplayName returns
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the parts to use when comparing assembly information
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the various ID values used for assembly properties
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to represent an assembly name
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to enumerate the assemblies in the GAC
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the one and only method we need in the help file builder
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Private constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to obtain an instance of the assembly enumerator
-            
-            A reference that will end up containing the
-            IAssemblyEnum interface.
-            Reserved.  Must always be null.
-            An assembly name that is used to filter the
-            enumeration.  This can be null to enumerate all assemblies in the
-            GAC.
-            Specify one (and only one) ASM_CACHE_FLAGS
-            value.
-            Reserved.  Must always be null.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that can display a file dialog to allow
-            selection of a file path at design time for a 
-            object.
-            
-            It is used in conjunction with the
-             to specify the file dialog title,
-            filter, and type
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that can display a file dialog to allow
-            selection of a file path at design time for a string object.
-            
-            It is used in conjunction with the
-             to specify the file dialog title,
-            filter, and type
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using a file dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The file path as an object
-            The selected file path as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using a file dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The file path as an object
-            The selected file path as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to give a more descriptive message in the property
-            grid for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a COM reference item that can be used by
-            MRefBuilder to locate assembly dependencies for the assemblies
-            being documented.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal Constructor
-            
-            The project element
-        
-        
-            
-            Hint path isn't applicable to COM references
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the project reference's GUID
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the major version number
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the minor version number
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the wrapper tool
-            
-        
-        
-            
-              A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-              Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-              Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
-              resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-               Looks up a localized string similar to <Project DefaultTargets="Build" xmlns="http://schemas.microsoft.com/developer/msbuild/2003">
-              <PropertyGroup>
-                <!-- The configuration and platform will be used to determine which
-                     assemblies to include from solution and project documentation
-                     sources -->
-                <Configuration Condition=" '$(Configuration)' == '' ">Debug</Configuration>
-                <Platform Condition=" '$(Platform)' == '' ">AnyCPU</Platform>
-            
-                <SchemaVersion>2.0</SchemaVersion>
-                <ProjectGuid>$guid1$</ProjectGuid>
-               [rest of string was truncated]";.
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to get a list of assemblies in the Global Assembly
-            Cache (GAC).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This static property is used to obtain a list containing the
-            fully qualified names of all assemblies in the GAC.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a simple derived group box control that draws the label text
-            followed by a dividing line to the right of the text but no other
-            surrounding border.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to draw the text and the dividing line
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the placement of the additional
-            content items in the table of contents if any are defined.
-            
-        
-        
-            Additional content appears above the namespaces
-        
-        
-            Additional content appears below the namespaces
-        
-        
-            
-            This event arguments class is used to specify which project property
-            changed along with the old and new values.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The property name
-            The old value
-            The new value
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the property name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the old value
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the new value
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This interface defines the methods required to implement a build
-            process plug-in for the Sandcastle Help File Builder.
-            
-            Derived classes must also implement the
-             methods.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used by the Sandcastle Help File Builder to let the
-            plug-in perform its own configuration.
-            
-            A reference to the active project
-            The current configuration XML fragment
-            A string containing the new configuration XML fragment
-            The configuration data will be stored in the help file
-            builder project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to initialize the plug-in at the start of the
-            build process.
-            
-            A reference to the current build
-            process.
-            The configuration data that the plug-in
-            should use to initialize itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This method is used to execute the plug-in during the build process
-            
-            The current execution context
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a friendly name for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a brief description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns true if the plug-in should run in
-            a partial build or false if it should not.
-            
-            If this returns false, the plug-in will not be loaded when
-            a partial build is performed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a collection of execution points
-            that define when the plug-in should be invoked during the build
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the execution behavior of a build
-            process plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            Execute before the help file builder's normal
-            processing.
-        
-        
-            Execute after the help file builder's normal
-            processing.
-        
-        
-            Execute both before and after the help file builder's
-            normal processing.
-        
-        
-            Execute instead of the help file builder's normal
-            processing.  If this flag is set, Before and After are
-            ignored.
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the type(s) of help file generated
-            
-        
-        
-            HTML Help 1.x format built with HHC.EXE
-        
-        
-            HTML Help 2.x format built with HXCOMP.EXE
-        
-        
-            A website with basic frame set viewer page
-        
-        
-            An HTML Help 1.x and an HTML Help 2.x file
-        
-        
-            An HTML Help 1.x file and website
-        
-        
-            An HTML Help 2.x file and website
-        
-        
-            An HTML Help 1.x file, HTML Help 2.x file, and a
-            website
-        
-        
-            
-            This task is used to run HHC.EXE which is used to compile a Help 1
-            (CHM) help file.
-            
-            Support is provided for wrapping the tool in a call to an
-            application such as SBAppLocale.exe to workaround encoding issues with
-            the Help 1 compiler.
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the parameters
-            
-            True if the parameters are valid, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the full path to the tool
-            
-            The full path to the tool
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the command line parameters
-            
-            The command line parameters
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to set the working folder before executing
-            the task and to invert the result returned from the help compiler.
-            
-            True if successful or false on failure
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to invert the result of the HHC exit code
-            
-            True on success, false on failure.  HXCOMP is backwards
-            and returns 0 on failures and 1 on success.  We invert the result
-            to be consistent with other tasks.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the tool name (HHC.EXE or the
-            value of  if specified).
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard error info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard output info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the working folder where the files are
-            located.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the path to the help compiler
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the help project filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the name of the application to use as the
-            localization wrapper.
-            
-            This is optional.  If specified, it will be used to run
-            the help compiler to work around encoding issues.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the language ID for the localization
-            tool (see cref="LocalizeApp" />).
-            
-            This is optional.  If not specified, it defaults to 1033.
-            It is ignored if  is not set.
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a conceptual content CodeEntityReference that can be used to insert
-            a common item, value, or construct into topics.
-            
-            This class is serializable so that it can be copied to the
-            clipboard.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The reference ID
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the entity to its <codeEntityReference> element
-            form
-            
-            The entity in its <codeEntityReference>
-            element form
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the entity to its <see> element form
-            
-            The token in its <see> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the CodeEntityReference name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the collection table of contents
-            style for HTML Help 2 collections.
-            
-        
-        
-            The collection content will be grouped under a root
-            node.
-        
-        
-            The collection content will be listed at the root
-            level.
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the conceptual content code
-            snippet information for an associated code snippets file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The code snippets file associated with the
-            collection.
-            Code snippets are not loaded until the 
-            method is called.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            Values are sorted by ID.  Comparisons are case-sensitive.
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the collection from the related file
-            
-            This will be done automatically at constructor.  This can
-            be called to reload the collection if needed.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the build item related to the code snippet file
-            containing the collection items.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class contains information about the loaded plug-ins
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            Type information for the plug-in
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a new instance of the plug-in
-            
-            A new instance of the plug-in
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the name of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the copyright information for the
-            plug-in.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns a description of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the version number of the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns type information for the plug-in
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the API filter entries for
-            MRefBuilder to remove.
-            
-            Unlike other collections in the project,
-            this one is cleared and rebuilt if it changes.  As such, the contained
-            items do not notify the project when they change as they are created
-            anew each time the collection is rebuilt.
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The project that owns the collection
-            Child collections do not contain a reference to the
-            project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            All top level items and their children are sorted by
-            API entry type and then by name
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load existing API filter items from the project
-            file.
-            
-            The API filter items
-            The information is stored as an XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to write the API filter info to an XML fragment ready
-            for storing in the project file.
-            
-            The XML fragment containing the help attribute info
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to merge an entry with the filter collection
-            
-            The entry type
-            The member's full name
-            True to expose it, false to remove it
-            True if this is a project exclude
-            (currently this will always be true).
-            True if merged without conflict or false if the merged
-            member conflicted with an existing entry.  The existing entry
-            will take precedence.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new type entry to this namespace collection
-            
-            The full name of the entry
-            The namespace
-            The type name
-            The member
-            True if merged without conflict or false if the merged
-            member conflicted with an existing entry.  The existing entry
-            will take precedence.
-            Entries added by this method are exclusions based on
-            namespace comment or <exclude/> tag exclusions.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new member entry to this type collection
-            
-            The full name of the entry
-            The type name
-            The member
-            True if merged without conflict or false if the merged
-            member conflicted with an existing entry.  The existing entry
-            will take precedence.
-            Entries added by this method are exclusions based on
-            namespace comment or <exclude/> tag exclusions.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to mark the collection as dirty when it changes
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the API filter entry and its children to a string
-            
-            The entries in the MRefBuilder API filter XML format
-        
-        
-            
-            Clone the API filter collection
-            
-            A clone of the collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the dirty state of the collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a reference to the project that owns the
-            collection.
-            
-            Child collections do not contain a reference to the
-            project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to represent a file path.  Support is included for
-            treating the path as fixed or relative and for expanding environment
-            variables in the path name.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-             
-             This is used to handle an implicit conversion from a
-              object to a string.
-             
-             The  to convert.
-             The file path as a relative or absolute path string
-             based on its current settings.
-             
-             
-             FilePath filePath = new FilePath(@"%APPDATA%\TestApp\App.config");
-             
-             // The FilePath object is automatically converted to a string
-             // representing the expanded, fully qualified path.
-             string pathString = filePath;
-             
-             
-             Dim filePath As New FilePath("%APPDATA%\TestApp\App.config")
-            
-             ' The FilePath object is automatically converted to a string
-             ' representing the expanded, fully qualified path.
-             Dim pathString As String = filePath
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for equal operator.
-            
-            The first object to compare
-            The second object to compare
-            True if equal, false if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for not equal operator.
-            
-            The first object to compare
-            The second object to compare
-            True if not equal, false if they are.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the fully qualified path for the specified path.
-            This version allows wildcards in the filename part if present.
-            
-            The path to expand
-            The fully qualified path name
-            The System.IO.Path version of
-             will throw an exception
-            if the path contains wildcard characters.  This version does not.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This helper method can be used to convert an absolute path to one
-            that is relative to the given base path.
-            
-            The base path
-            An absolute path
-            A path to the given absolute path that is relative to the
-            given base path.
-            If the base path is null or empty, the current working
-            folder is used.
-            
-            
-            string basePath = @"E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Source";
-            string absolutePath = @"E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Doc\Help.html";
-            
-            string relativePath = FilePath.AbsoluteToRelativePath(basePath,
-                absolutePath);
-            
-            Console.WriteLine(relativePath);
-            
-            // Results in: ..\Doc\Help.html
-            
-            
-            Dim basePath As String = "E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Source"
-            Dim absolutePath As String = "E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Doc\Help.html"
-            
-            Dim relativePath As String = _
-                FilePath.AbsoluteToRelativePath(basePath, absolutePath);
-            
-            Console.WriteLine(relativePath)
-            
-            ' Results in: ..\Doc\Help.html
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This helper method can be used to convert a relative path to an
-            absolute path based on the given base path.
-            
-            The base path
-            A relative path
-            An absolute path
-            If the base path is null or empty, the current working
-            folder is used.
-            
-            
-            string basePath = @"E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Source";
-            string relativePath = @"..\Doc\Help.html";
-            
-            string absolutePath = FilePath.RelativeToAbsolutePath(basePath,
-                relativePath);
-            
-            Console.WriteLine(absolutePath);
-            
-            // Results in: E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Doc\Help.html
-            
-            
-            Dim basePath As String = "E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Source"
-            Dim relativePath As String = "..\Doc\Help.html"
-            
-            Dim absolutePath As String = _
-                FilePath.RelativeToAbsolutePath(basePath, relativePath);
-            
-            Console.WriteLine(absolutePath)
-            
-            ' Results in: E:\DotNet\CS\TestProject\Doc\Help.html
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to prevent the Path property from showing as modified
-            in the designer.
-            
-            Always returns false
-            The  property is mainly for display
-            purposes in the designer but can be used for making changes to
-            the expanded path if needed.  The 
-            property is used as the display value in the designer.
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor.  The file path is undefined.
-            
-            The base base provider
-            There are three overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.  Assign the specified path.
-            
-            A relative or absolute path.
-            The base base provider
-            Unless  is set to true,
-            the path is always treated as a relative path.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.  Assign the specified path and fixed setting.
-            
-            A relative or absolute path.
-            True to treat the path as fixed, false
-            to treat it as a relative path.
-            The base base provider
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the file path to a string
-            
-            A fixed or relative path based on the current
-            settings.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a hash code for the file path object
-            
-            Returns the hash code of the 
-            value converted to lowercase.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to allow proper comparison of file path objects.
-            
-            The object to which this instance is
-            compared.
-            Returns true if the object equals this instance, false
-            if it does not.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a clone of the object
-            
-            A clone of the object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the base path provider for the object.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the base path for the object
-            
-            If no  has been specified,
-            this returns the current directory.
-        
-        
-             
-             This is used to get or set the path to use.
-             
-             When set, if the path is not rooted (a relative path),
-              is set to false.  If rooted (an absolute
-             path), it is not changed.  This property always returns a fully
-             qualified path but without any environment variable expansions.
-             
If set to a null or empty string, the file path is cleared and
-             is considered to be undefined.
-             MSBuild environment variable references are
-             also supported (i.e. $(DXROOT), $(OutputPath), etc.).
-             
-             
-             FilePath path = new FilePath();
-            
-             // Set it to a relative path
-             path.Path = @"..\..\Test.txt";
-            
-             // Set it to an absolute path
-             path.Path = @"C:\My Documents\Info.doc";
-            
-             // Set it to a path based on an environment variable
-             path.Path = @"%HOMEDRIVE%%HOMEPATH%\Favorites\*.*";
-             
-             
-             Dim path As New FilePath()
-            
-             ' Set it to a relative path
-             path.Path = "..\..\Test.txt"
-            
-             ' Set it to an absolute path
-             path.Path = "C:\My Documents\Info.doc"
-            
-             ' Set it to a path based on an environment variable
-             path.Path = "%HOMEDRIVE%%HOMEPATH%\Favorites\*.*"
-             
-             
-        
-        
-            

-            This is used to retrieve the file path in a format suitable for
-            persisting to storage based on the current settings.
-            
-            If  is true, an absolute path
-            is always returned.  If false, the path is returned in a form that
-            is relative to the path stored in the 
-            property.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property can be used to determine whether or not
-            the file path exists.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to display the fully qualified
-            path with environment variable expansions in the designer.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to indicate whether or not the path will be treated
-            as a relative or fixed path when converted retrieved via the
-             property.
-            
-            If true, the path is returned as a fixed path when
-            retrieved.  If false, it is returned as a path relative to the
-            current value of the  property.
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when the persistable path is about to be
-            changed.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when the persistable path changes
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that can display a folder browser dialog to
-            allow selection of a folder path at design time.
-            
-            This can be used in conjunction with the
-             to specify the folder browser
-            dialog's properties.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using a folder browser dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The folder path as an object
-            The selected folder path as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the build steps used when reporting
-            progress during a build.
-            
-        
-        
-            The build has not yet started.
-        
-        
-            Initializing to prepare for build.
-        
-        
-            The working folder is about to be created or cleared.
-        
-        
-            The builder is searching for Sandcastle and the
-            HTML help compiler.
-        
-        
-            The documentation source information is being validated
-            and copied to the build folder.
-        
-        
-            The shared content files are being generated.
-        
-        
-            Generate the API filter for MRefBuilder
-        
-        
-            The reflection information is being generated by
-            MRefBuilder.
-        
-        
-            Namespace summary information is being generated.
-        
-        
-            The Visibility category properties are being applied to
-            the reflection information file to remove unwanted items.
-        
-        
-            All <inheritDoc /> tags are being expanded.
-        
-        
-            The reflection information is being transformed by
-            XslTransform.
-        
-        
-            Help topic filenames are being altered.
-        
-        
-            The standard help file content (art, scripts, and styles)
-            is being copied to the help project folder.
-        
-        
-            The conceptual content files are being copied.
-        
-        
-            The conceptual content topic configuration files are being
-            generated.
-        
-        
-            The additional content files are being copied to the
-            help project folder.
-        
-        
-            The sandcastle.config Conceptual.config
-            BuildAssembler files are being created.
-        
-        
-            Custom build component configurations are being merged
-            into the sandcastle.config file.
-        
-        
-            The conceptual and additional content tables of contents
-            are being merged.
-        
-        
-            Conceptual help file topics are being generated by
-            BuildAssembler.
-        
-        
-            API reference help file topics are being generated by
-            BuildAssembler.
-        
-        
-            The intermediate table of contents is being generated by
-            XslTransform.
-        
-        
-            Title and keyword index information is being extracted for
-            the Help 1.x TOC and index and/or website TOC.
-        
-        
-            The format-specific table of contents is being generated
-            by XslTransform.
-        
-        
-            The table of contents is being updated with additional
-            and conceptual content items and the default page is being
-            determined.
-        
-        
-            The help file index is being generated.
-        
-        
-            The help project file is being generated.
-        
-        
-            The help file project is being compiled.
-        
-        
-            Generate full-text index for ASP.NET website search.
-        
-        
-            The website files are being copied to the output path.
-        
-        
-            The temporary help project files are being removed.
-        
-        
-            The build has completed successfully.
-        
-        
-            The build was canceled by user request.
-        
-        
-            The build failed with an unexpected error.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to give a more descriptive message in the property
-            grid for the 
-            project property.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the
-             to edit the project summary.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The project summary text as an object
-            The edited project summary text as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This attribute is used to associate folder dialog parameters with a
-            class property for use in editing it in a property grid.
-            
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The description for the folder dialog
-            True to show the New Folder
-            button or false to hide it.
-            The root folder used to limit browsing.
-            The default folder from which to
-            start browsing.
-            There are three overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The description for the folder dialog
-            The New Folder button is hidden and browsing starts
-            at the desktop.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The description for the folder dialog
-            The default folder from which to
-            start browsing.
-            The New Folder button is hidden and browsing starts
-            at the desktop.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the folder dialog description
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get whether or not to show the New Folder button
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the root folder used to limit browsing
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the default folder from which to start browsing
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a a simple derived list box in which you can refresh a
-            specified item to show updates to the text displayed in the list box
-            for the item.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the specified item in the list box
-            
-            The index of the item to refresh
-        
-        
-            
-            This public enumerated type defines the type of links used to reference
-            other help topics referring to items in the documented assemblies.
-            
-        
-        
-            No active links.
-        
-        
-            Local links within the project using anchor tags.  This
-            is the default.  This type is compatible with HTML 1.x and HTML
-            2.x help files.
-        
-        
-            MS-Help style links for use within an HTML 2.x help
-            file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to manage the set of known plug-ins.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the plug-ins found in the .\Plug-Ins folder and its
-            subfolders.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to determine if a plug-in exists with the specified
-            key and can be used.
-            
-            The key for the plug-in
-            True if the plug-in exits and can be used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a dictionary containing the loaded plug-ins.
-            
-            The dictionary keys are the plug-in names.
-        
-        
-            
-            This task is used to run XslTransform.exe which is used to run various
-            XSL transformations on the Sandcastle data files.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the parameters
-            
-            True if the parameters are valid, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the full path to the tool
-            
-            The full path to the tool
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the command line parameters
-            
-            The command line parameters
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the working folder for the build
-            
-            The working folder for the build
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the tool name (XslTransform.exe)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard error info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard output info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the path to the Sandcastle tools
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the input filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the output filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the list of transformations to run
-            
-            Separate multiple transforms with a semi-colon.  Relative
-            paths are assumed to refer to Sandcastle transformations and will
-            be fully qualified with the  value.
-            Absolute paths are assumed to be custom transforms and the path is
-            not modified.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the working folder where the files are
-            located.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in any optional XSL transform arguments
-            
-            The optional XSL transform arguments in the form
-            "argName=argValue".  Separate multiple arguments with a
-            semi-colon.
-        
-        
-            
-            This task is used to run BuildAssembler.exe which is used to generate
-            help topics.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the parameters
-            
-            True if the parameters are valid, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the full path to the tool
-            
-            The full path to the tool
-        
-        
-            
-            Generate the command line parameters
-            
-            The command line parameters
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to return the working folder for the build
-            
-            The working folder for the build
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the tool name (BuildAssembler.exe)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard error info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to force all standard output info to be logged
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the path to the Sandcastle tools
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the configuration filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the manifest filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass in the working folder where the files are
-            located.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to give a more descriptive message in the property
-            grid for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the additional content file
-            editor definitions.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            There are two overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            Clone the items in another collection to create this one.
-            
-            The collection to clone
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a range of items from another collection
-            
-            The range of items to add
-            The entries are not cloned.
-        
-        
-            
-            Sort the collection by editor description
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Search the list of content file editors and launch the appropriate
-            one for the specified file.
-            
-            The filename to edit
-            The fully qualified name of the current
-            project file.
-            True if successful, false if not.  
-            can be used to obtain details if it does fail.
-            If an editor is not defined, an attempt is made to launch
-            the file using the OS shell with the Edit verb.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the reference to the global content file editor
-            collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            If  returns false, this can be used to
-            retrieve the exception describing why it failed.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the table of contents entries for
-            additional content items.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor
-            
-            There are two overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The site map file associated with the
-            collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to sort the collection
-            
-            All top level items and their children are sorted
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the table of contents entry and its children to a string
-            
-            The entries in HTML 1.x help format
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the table of contents entry and its children to a string
-            in the specified help file format.
-            
-            The help file format to use
-            The entries in specified help format
-            This is thrown if the
-            format is not HtmlHelp1x, HtmlHelp2x, or
-            Website.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert the collection to a string and append it
-            to the specified string builder.
-            
-            The help file format to use
-            The string builder to which the information is
-            appended.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to locate the default topic if one exists
-            
-            The default topic if found or null if not found
-            The first entry found is returned.  Nodes are searched
-            recursively.
-        
-        
-            
-            This will remove excluded nodes from a TOC created off of the
-            additional content items in a project.  In addition, it merges
-            the information from folder entries into the folder nodes.
-            
-            The parent node
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the table of contents entries from the site
-            map file associated with the collection.
-            
-            This is thrown if a
-            site map has not been associated with the collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the table of contents entries to the site map
-            file associated with the collection.
-            
-            This is thrown if a
-            site map has not been associated with the collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            Find a TOC entry with the same source filename
-            
-            The source filename to match
-            The match TOC entry or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used by contained items to notify the parent that a child
-            list changed and thus the collection should be marked as dirty.
-            
-            The item that changed
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all topics from the specified folder recursively to the
-            collection and to the given project file.
-            
-            The folder from which to get the files
-            The base path to remove from files copied
-            from another folder into the project folder.  On the first call,
-            this should match the  value.
-            The project to which the files are added
-            Only actual HTML content topic files are added.  They must
-            have a ".htm?" extension.  Folders will be added as sub-topics
-            recursively.  If a file with the same name as the folder exists,
-            it will be associated with the container node.  If no such file
-            exists, an empty container node is created.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to set the inserted item's parent to this
-            collection.
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to set the inserted item's parent to this
-            collection.
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to clear the parent on the removed item
-            
-            The index of the item to remove
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to merge this TOC with another one
-            
-            The table of contents collection
-            The base path provider
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the project file item associated
-            with the collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the default topic
-            
-            It returns the default topic or null if one is not set
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the topic at which the table of contents is
-            split by the API content.
-            
-            This will only be valid if it refers to a root level
-            topic.  It will return null if a split location has not been
-            set at the root level.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the site map file associated with the
-            collection.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The type of file dialog to display
-            
-        
-        
-            Display a File Open dialog box
-        
-        
-            Display a File Save dialog box
-        
-        
-            
-            This attribute is used to associate file dialog parameters with a
-            class property for use in editing it in a property grid.
-            
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The title for the file dialog
-            The filter to use for the file dialog
-            The type of file dialog to display
-            There are two overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The title for the file dialog
-            The filter defaults to "All Files (*.*)|*.*" and
-            the dialog type defaults to FileOpen
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the file dialog title
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the file dialog filter
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the file dialog type
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is a wrapper for build items in the project.
-            
-        
-        
-            Build action
-        
-        
-            Include item
-        
-        
-            File reference hint path
-        
-        
-            Linked item path
-        
-        
-            Project GUID item
-        
-        
-            Project name item
-        
-        
-            Project COM object's GUID
-        
-        
-            Project COM object's major version
-        
-        
-            Project COM object's minor version
-        
-        
-            Project COM object's wrapper tool
-        
-        
-            Configuration setting
-        
-        
-            Platform setting
-        
-        
-            Output directory setting
-        
-        
-            Image ID
-        
-        
-            Alternate text
-        
-        
-            Copy to media folder
-        
-        
-            Exclude from table of contents
-        
-        
-            Sort order
-        
-        
-            Solution path (directory and filename)
-        
-        
-            Solution directory
-        
-        
-            Solution filename (no path)
-        
-        
-            Solution name (no path or extension)
-        
-        
-            Solution extension
-        
-        
-            
-            This constructor is used to wrap an existing project item.
-            
-            The project that owns the item
-            The existing item
-            There are two overloads for the constructor
-        
-        
-            
-            This constructor is used to create a new build item and add it to
-            the project.
-            
-            The project that will own the item
-            The type of build item to create
-            The path to the item.  This can be relative
-            or absolute and may contain variable references.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the project can be edited.  If not, abort
-            the change by throwing an exception.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            See if the named metadata item exists
-            
-            The metadata name for which to check
-            True if present, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a metadata value from a project element
-            
-            The name of the metadata element to get
-            The value of the metadata element
-        
-        
-            
-            Set a metadata value in the project item
-            
-            The name of the metadata element
-            The value to store in the element
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove the item from the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for equal operator
-            
-            The first element object
-            The second element object
-            True if equal, false if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Overload for not equal operator
-            
-            The first element object
-            The second element object
-            True if not equal, false if they are equal.
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the item name (a.k.a BuildAction)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the filename (Include attribute)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the containing project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents an indexed XML comments file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The name of the XML comments file to index
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the XML comments for the given key
-            
-            The key for the comments
-            An  for the comments or null
-            if not found.
-        
-        
-            
-            Return all keys in this file
-            
-            A string array containing the keys
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the comments filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the number of items in the index
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the
-             to edit the build process
-            plug-in configurations.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The plug-in configuration dictionary as an
-            object
-            The edited plug-in configuration dictionary as an
-            object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to give a more descriptive message in the property
-            grid for the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to convert version 1.7.0.0 and prior SHFB project
-            files to the new MSBuild format project files.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The old project filename
-            The folder in which to place the new project
-            and its related files.  This cannot be the same folder as the
-            old project file.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to perform the actual conversion
-            
-            The new project filename on success.  An exception is
-            thrown if the conversion fails.
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the additional content
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the assemblies
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the component configurations
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the plug-in configurations
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the namespace summaries
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the API filter
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the help attributes
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the dependencies
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to copy the files referenced in a site map file into
-            the project and update the URLs in it to point to the new copies.
-            
-            The site map file to update.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the XML text reader used for the conversion
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a conceptual content topic.
-            
-            This class is serializable so that it can be copied to the
-            clipboard.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property
-            should be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            collection and we don't want to lose all items accidentally.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the  property should
-            be serialized.
-            
-            True to serialize it, false if it matches the default
-            and should not be serialized.
-            We do not allow resetting this property as it is a
-            collection and we don't want to lose all items accidentally.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark the project as dirty if the contained lists change
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            This may not be the best way to handle this.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the topic information from the project
-            file.
-            
-            The XML text reader from which the information
-            is loaded.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the topic information to the project file
-            
-            The XML text writer to which the information
-            is written.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to create the companion file used by the build
-            component that resolves conceptual links.
-            
-            The folder in which to place the file
-            The file will be named using the ID and a ".xml"
-            extension.
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out the topic metadata
-            
-            The writer to which the metadata is written
-            The build process
-            This will recursively write out metadata for sub-topics
-            as well.
-        
-        
-            
-            Write out the BuildAssembler manifest entry
-            
-            The XML writer to which the entry is written
-            This will recursively write out entries for sub-topics
-            as well.
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the topic to its <link> element form
-            
-            Optional inner text
-            The topic in its <link> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the topic to its <a> element form
-            
-            Optional inner text
-            The topic in its <a> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to track the topic's parent collection
-            
-            This is used by the designer to move items around within
-            the collection.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the topic file information related to
-            the topic.
-            
-            If there is no topic file, this topic serves as a container
-            node for its sub-topics and no content will be displayed for it
-            when selected in the help file's table of contents.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns true if there is no associated
-            topic file by choice rather than it not being found.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the content ID from the content layout file.
-            
-            This should match an ID from a project file.  If not,
-            it will serve as an container node with no associated topic.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the unique ID of the topic
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the topic's revision number
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the filename of the related project file (if any)
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get the document type
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the required title that should be used for the
-            topic.
-            
-            If not set, the topic filename without a path or extension
-            is used.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the topic's optional table of contents
-            title.
-            
-            This can be used to provide a different topic title in the
-            table of contents.  If not set, it will be set to the
-             value.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the topic's optional link text.
-            
-            This can be used to provide different text that is used in
-            links that refer to the topic.  If not set, it will be set to the
-             value.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not the topic is visible
-            in the table of contents.
-            
-            If set to false, the item will still be added to the
-            help file but to be accessible, a link to it must appear in
-            one of the other topics.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the additional attributes that will be added
-            to MAML topic.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the index keywords that will be added to the
-            MAML topic.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get a title for display
-            (i.e. in the designer).
-            
-            If there is a  specified, it is used.
-            If not, the  value is used.  If it does not
-            contain a value, the filename without the path and extension is
-            used.  If the file has not been specified, does not exist, the
-            document type is not recognized, or it is invalid (i.e. badly
-            formed), it returns an appropriate message describing the
-            problem.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the sub-topics beneath this topic.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to when merging TOC files to determine the default
-            topic.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents a conceptual content image that can be used to insert
-            a reference to an image in a topic.
-            
-            This class is serializable so that it can be copied to the
-            clipboard.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The build item to associate with the
-            image reference.
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the image reference to a <mediaLink> element.
-            
-            The image in its <mediaLink> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the image reference to a <mediaLinkInline>
-            element.
-            
-            The image in its <mediaLinkInline> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the image reference to an <externalLink> element.
-            
-            The image in its <externalLink> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the image reference to an <img> element.
-            
-            The image in its <img> element form
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the image filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the full path to the image file
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the unique ID of the image
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether or not to copy the image to the
-            .\Output\media folder if it is not referenced in a media
-            link.
-            
-            The default is false and the image will not be copied
-            unless it is referenced in a media link.  If set to true, the
-            image will be copied even if it is not referenced.  This is useful
-            for forcing the copy of images referenced in external links
-            which are not handled by the art reference build component.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the optional alternate text for the image
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to get a title for display
-            (i.e. in the designer).
-            
-            If there is  specified, it is
-            returned along with the filename and the image ID in parentheses.
-            If not, the filename is returned along with the image ID in
-            parentheses.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get the file item associated with the image
-            reference.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the additional content items
-            for a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The enabled state
-            The configuration
-            The owning project
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the build component's enabled state
-            
-            If set to false, the component will not be used in the
-            build.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the component's configuration
-            information.
-            
-            This should be an XML fragment.  The root node should be
-            named configuration.
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents an assembly, an XML comments file, a Visual Studio
-            Solution (C#, VB.NET, or J#), or a Visual Studio solution containing
-            one or more C#, VB.NET or J# projects to use for building a help file.
-            
-            Wildcards are supported in the 
-            property.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to handle changes in the 
-            properties such that the source path gets stored in the project
-            file.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Internal constructor
-            
-            The filename of the documentation source
-            The configuration to use for projects
-            The platform to use for projects
-            True to include subfolders, false to
-            only search the top-level folder.
-            The owning project
-        
-        
-            
-            See if specified item equals this one
-            
-            The object to compare to this one
-            True if equal, false if not
-            For documentation sources, equality is based solely on
-            the  value.  The configuration and
-            platform settings are not considered.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a hash code for this item
-            
-            Returns the hash code for the assembly path and
-            XML comments path.
-        
-        
-            
-            Return a string representation of the item
-            
-            Returns the assembly path and XML comments path separated
-            by a comma.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a collection of assemblies based on the specified
-            wildcard.
-            
-            The wildcard to use to find assemblies.
-            If true and the wildcard parameter
-            includes wildcard characters, subfolders will be searched as well.
-            If not, only the top-level folder is searched.
-            A list of assemblies matching the wildcard
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a collection of XML comments files based on the
-            specified wildcard.
-            
-            The wildcard to use to find comments
-            files.
-            If true and the wildcard parameter
-            includes wildcard characters, subfolders will be searched as well.
-            If not, only the top-level folder is searched.
-            A list of XML comments files matching the wildcard
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a collection of MSBuild project filenames based on the
-            specified wildcard.
-            
-            The wildcard to use to find solutions and
-            projects.
-            If true and the wildcard parameter
-            includes wildcard characters, subfolders will be searched as well.
-            If not, only the top-level folder is searched.
-            A list of projects matching the wildcard.  Any solution
-            files (.sln) found are returned last, each followed by the project
-            filenames extracted from it.
-        
-        
-            
-            Extract all project filenames from the given Visual Studio solution
-            file.
-            
-            The Visual Studio solution from which to
-            extract the projects.
-            The collection used to return the
-            extracted projects.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the project configuration to use when
-            the source path refers to a Visual Studio solution or project.
-            
-            If not set, the configuration value from the owning help
-            file project will be used.  This will be ignored for assembly
-            and XML comments file entries.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the project platform to use when the
-            source path refers to a Visual Studio solution or project.
-            
-            If not set, the platform value from the owning help file
-            project will be used.  This will be ignored for assembly and XML
-            comments file entries.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the documentation source file path
-            
-            Wildcards are supported.  If used, all files matching
-            the wildcard will be included as long as their extension is one of
-            the following: .exe, .dll, .*proj, .sln.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether subfolders are included when
-            searching for files if the  value
-            contains wildcards.
-            
-            If set to true and the source file value contains wildcards,
-            subfolders will be included.  If set to false, the default, or the
-            source file value does not contain wildcards, only the top-level
-            folder is included in the search.
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns a description of the entry suitable for display in a
-            bound list control.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a simple derived label control that draws the label text
-            followed by a dividing line to the right of the text.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to draw the text and the dividing line
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class holds execution point information for a plug-in
-            process.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to determine if the collection contains an entry for
-            the specified build step and behavior.
-            
-            The build step
-            The behavior
-            True if the collection contains an entry for the specified
-            build step and behavior or false if it does not.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to obtain the execution priority for a plug-in
-            in the given build step and behavior.
-            
-            The build step
-            The behavior
-            The execution priority is used to determine the order in
-            which the plug-ins will be executed.  Those with a higher priority
-            value will be executed before those with a lower value.  Those with
-            an identical priority may be executed in any order within their
-            group.
-        
-        
-            
-            This represents an HTML Help 2.x index keyword that can be added to the
-            XML data island in each help topic generated by BuildAssembler.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The index name defaults to "K"
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The index name
-            The index term
-        
-        
-            
-            Compares this instance to another instance and returns an
-            indication of their relative values.
-            
-            A MSHelpKeyword object to compare
-            Returns -1 if this instance is less than the
-            value, 0 if they are equal, or 1 if this instance is
-            greater than the value or the value is null.
-            Entries are sorted by name and then value
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a hash code for this item
-            
-            Returns the hash code for the index name and term.
-        
-        
-            
-            Return a string representation of the item
-            
-            Returns the item in its XML format
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the index name
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the index term
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class is used to represent a folder path.  Support is included for
-            treating the path as fixed or relative and for expanding environment
-            variables in the path name.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to find out if a path is terminated with a
-            trailing backslash.
-            
-            The path to check
-            Returns true if it is, false if it is not.
-        
-        
-            
-            This can be used to ensure that a path is terminated with a
-            trailing backslash.
-            
-            The path to check
-            The path with a trailing backslash added if necessary.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to prevent the Path property from showing as modified
-            in the designer.
-            
-            Always returns false
-            The  property is mainly for display
-            purposes in the designer but can be used for making changes to
-            the expanded path if needed.  The 
-            property is used as the display value in the designer.
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor.  The folder path is undefined.
-            
-            The base path provider
-            There are three overloads for the constructor.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.  Assign the specified path.
-            
-            A relative or absolute path.
-            The base path provider
-            Unless  is set to true,
-            the path is always treated as a relative path.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor.  Assign the specified path and fixed setting.
-            
-            A relative or absolute path.
-            True to treat the path as fixed, false
-            to treat it as a relative path.
-            The base path provider
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the path.
-            
-            When set, if the path is not rooted (a relative path),
-             is set to false.  If rooted (an
-            absolute path), it is not changed.  This property always returns a
-            fully qualified path but without any environment variable
-            expansions and terminated with a trailing backslash if needed.
-            
If set to a null or empty string, the folder path is cleared
-            and is considered to be undefined.
-            
-            
-            FolderPath path = new FolderPath();
-            
-            // Set it to a relative path
-            path.Path = @"..\..\ProjectFolder";
-            
-            // Set it to an absolute path
-            path.Path = @"C:\My Documents\ProjectDocs\";
-            
-            // Set it to a path based on an environment variable
-            path.Path = @"%HOMEDRIVE%%HOMEPATH%\Favorites\";
-            
-            
-            Dim path As New FilePath()
-            
-            ' Set it to a relative path
-            path.Path = "..\..\ProjectFolder"
-            
-            ' Set it to an absolute path
-            path.Path = "C:\My Documents\ProjectDocs\"
-            
-            ' Set it to a path based on an environment variable
-            path.Path = "%HOMEDRIVE%%HOMEPATH%\Favorites\"
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            

-            This read-only property can be used to determine whether or not
-            the folder path exists.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a type editor that displays the 
-            to edit the API filter items for a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to edit the value using the
-             dialog.
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            The provider
-            The API filter collection as an object
-            The edited API filter collection as an object
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to specify the editor's edit style
-            
-            The descriptor context
-            Always returns Modal as long as there is a context
-            and an instance.  Otherwise, it returns None.
-        
-        
-            
-            This collection class is used to hold the additional content items
-            for a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event.
-            
-            The event arguments
-            The dictionary doesn't raise events automatically so
-            this is raised manually as needed.
-        
-        
-            
-            Default constructor
-            
-            The project that owns the collection
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load existing component configuration items from
-            the project file.
-            
-            The component items
-            The information is stored as an XML fragment
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to write the component configuration info to an XML
-            fragment ready for storing in the project file.
-            
-            The XML fragment containing the component configuration
-            info.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item to the dictionary
-            
-            The component ID
-            True for enabled, false disabled
-            The component configuration
-            The  added to
-            the project.  If the ID already exists in the collection, the
-            existing item is returned.
-            The  constructor
-            is internal so that we control creation of the items and can
-            associate them with the project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the dirty state of the collection
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when the dictionary is modified
-            
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.chm b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.chm
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d1eb43b..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.chm and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.ico b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.ico
deleted file mode 100644
index a9870b21..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilder.ico and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.exe b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.exe
deleted file mode 100644
index 8e0e1dad..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.exe and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.exe.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.exe.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 227c14fc..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.exe.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        
-            

-        
-        
-            

-        
-    
-    
-        
-            
-                Eric@EWoodruff.us
-            
-            
-                http://www.EWoodruff.us
-            
-            
-                http://SHFB.CodePlex.com
-            
-        
-    
-    
-        
-            
-                False
-            
-            
-                True
-            
-            
-                
-            
-            
-                12345
-            
-            
-                
-                    
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                        0
-                    
-                
-            
-            
-                False
-            
-            
-                Debug
-            
-            
-                AnyCPU
-            
-            
-                
-            
-            
-                Window
-            
-            
-                WindowText
-            
-            
-                Courier New, 7.8pt
-            
-            
-                Courier New, 10.2pt
-            
-            
-                SaveOpenDocuments
-            
-            
-                True
-            
-        
-    
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2100ae63..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleBuilderGUI.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2981 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-        SandcastleBuilderGUI
-    
-    
-        
-            
-            This form is used to manage the project items and files
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used as the base class for the Sandcastle Builder content
-            editors.
-            
-            There are probably several different ways to do this that are
-            better but this is quick and dirty and it works.
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the content of the window using its current filename
-            
-            True if successful, false if not successful
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the content of the window using a different filename
-            
-            True if successful, false if not successful
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the dirty state of the document if it supports saving
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Returns true if the window can be closed or false if something
-            prevents it from allowing the close to occur.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the active document allows its content to be
-            saved.
-            
-            Returns true if it supports saving its content or false
-            if it does not.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to see if the editor is a document type that should be
-            saved prior to doing a build.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to pass a delegate on the clipboard used to obtain
-            data that is too complex to serialize directly to the clipboard.
-            
-            The actual object that is to be pasted from the
-            clipboard.
-            The method passed in the delegate must be a static method.
-            If not, the containing type has to be serializable and it probably
-            isn't cos its too complex and the whole point of this is to work
-            around that problem.  Yes, it is a hack but it works.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to refresh the project explorer view after another
-            pane has added files to the project.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to ask the user if they want to save their project
-            
-            Returns true if saved successfully or no save is
-            wanted.  Returns false on error or if cancelled.
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the project file
-            
-            The filename to which the project is saved
-            True if successful, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Add item templates to the New Item menu
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Add conceptual topic templates to the New Item menu
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Add user-defined templates to the New Item menu
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the project content
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the documentation sources
-            
-            True to create the root documentation
-            source node or false to find it and reload it.
-            The root reference item node
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the reference items
-            
-            True to create the root references node or
-            false to find it and reload it.
-            The root reference item node
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the selected node's file if possible
-            
-            The node to edit
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the node text when a property changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Prevent the root node from being collapsed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            After a selection is made, set it as the current object in the
-            property grid.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to select the clicked node and display the context
-            menu when a right click occurs.  This ensures that the correct
-            node is affected by the selected operation.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the node's file if it is double-clicked
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Handle shortcut keys in the tree view
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Disable label edit on doc source and reference nodes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Rename the node after the label edit finishes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the command states when the menu opens
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add one or more new documentation sources
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove a documentation source from the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the command states when the menu opens
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a project or file reference to the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a GAC reference to the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove the selected reference from the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the command states when the menu opens
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Open the selected file for editing
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Rename the selected node
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Exclude an item from the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            This removes the item and any child items from the project
-            but leaves them on disk.
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete an item from the project and the file system
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            This removes the item and any child items from the project
-            and the file system.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new folder to the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add an existing folder to the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all files and subfolders to the project
-            
-            The root folder
-            The file item collection
-        
-        
-            
-            Add an existing item to the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Import image file information from an existing MAML media content
-            file.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item based on the selected template file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This initiates drag and drop for the tree view nodes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This validates the drop target during the drag operation and show
-            the appropriate cursor.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            It handles internal drag and drop items as well as files
-            from Windows Explorer.
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles the drop operation for the tree view.  Dropped items
-            can include other file nodes as well as files from Windows Explorer.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add files dragged and dropped from Windows Explorer to the project
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Cut or copy files to the clipboard
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a collection of files to copy to the clipboard
-            
-            The tree node at which to start
-            The file collection
-        
-        
-            
-            Paste files from the clipboard
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-             
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-             
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify 
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get a reference to the current project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to enter the line number for the Goto Line editor action.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property returns the entered line number
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This structure is used to get and set the main form's position
-            
-        
-        
-            The length of the structure
-        
-        
-            Window position control flags
-        
-        
-            The current show state of the window
-        
-        
-            Window upper left when minimized
-        
-        
-            Window upper left when minimized
-        
-        
-            Window upper left when maximized
-        
-        
-            Window upper left when maximized
-        
-        
-            Window coordinates when in the restored position
-        
-        
-            Window coordinates when in the restored position
-        
-        
-            Window coordinates when in the restored position
-        
-        
-            Window coordinates when in the restored position
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load the 
-            tree view with the project file tree.
-            
-            It is also used to handle such tasks as renaming, removing,
-            and adding nodes.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The  control
-            with which this instance is associated.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get an appropriate icon for the node based on the
-            filename.
-            
-            The filename associated with the node
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert the node into the collection in the correct position based
-            on its name
-            
-            The node collection
-            The new node
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the tree with the folder and file items
-            
-            The folder and file build items from the
-            project
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the path info in each child node due to a renamed parent
-            folder node.
-            
-            The node in which to refresh the children
-        
-        
-            
-            Remove the children of a folder node from the project.
-            
-            The parent folder node
-            True to delete the items or false
-            to just remove them from the project.
-        
-        
-            
-            This internal class is used for access to some Win32 API functions.
-            
-            The window placement functions are used so as to support
-            restoring the window on multi-monitor systems. 
-        
-        
-            Show window in normal position
-        
-        
-            Show window minimized
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the window's placement information
-            
-            The window handle for which to get information
-            The placement information structure
-            True on success, false on failure
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the window's placement information
-            
-            The window handle for which to set the information
-            The placement information structure
-            True if successful, false on failure
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert a character value to a virtual-key code and shift state
-            for the current keyboard.
-            
-            The character to translate
-            A short containing the virtual-key code in the low order
-            byte and the shift state in the high order byte.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to convert a  value to a
-             value.
-            
-            The character to convert
-            The  value corresponding to the
-            character.  Note that not all keys are represented in the
-            Keys enumeration.  Some may return rather odd combinations
-            or no actual enumerated value at all.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to let the user select the GAC entries to add as
-            project references.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the GAC list when activated
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the list of selected references
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to handle search and replace in the text editor
-            windows.
-            
-            This is rather crude but it works.  It's the best I could
-            do after poking around in the editor code.  It will do for the time
-            being even if it isn't the most efficient way of doing it.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get the active document window
-            
-            The active topic editor window or null if not found
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to show or hide the Replace controls
-            
-            True to show them, false to hide them
-            The prior state of the controls (false for hidden,
-            true for visible).
-        
-        
-            
-            Find the selected text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Find and replace the next occurrence of the search text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Find and replace all occurrences of the search text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-             
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-             
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify 
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the find text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the replacement text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set whether the search is case-sensitive
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to display application version information.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the controls on the forms with data
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View system information using MSInfo32.exe
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Open the target of the clicked link
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-              A strongly-typed resource class, for looking up localized strings, etc.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-              Returns the cached ResourceManager instance used by this class.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-              Overrides the current thread's CurrentUICulture property for all
-              resource lookups using this strongly typed resource class.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to allow the user to modify help file builder
-            preferences unrelated to projects.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Validate the information and save the results if necessary when
-            closing.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the HTML Help 2.x viewer application
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select a color
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select a font
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new content editor definition
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete a content editor item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the property grid with the selected item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the list box item when a property changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to prompt to save files before a build
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A collection containing the editors with
-            files to save.
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to preview a topic
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Build the conceptual content and preview the specified file
-            
-            The current project
-            The file to preview
-        
-        
-            
-            This kicks off the build process in a background thread
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the main
-            window with the current build step.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to ignore Ctrl+F4 which closes the window rather
-            than hide it when docked as a document.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Shut down the build process thread and clean up on exit
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            When the build finishes, load the topic if it was built
-            successfully or view the log if the build failed.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            We have to wait for the thread to finish before we can
-            view the log file so we use a timer event to wait for it.
-        
-        
-            
-            This read-only property is used to determine whether or not the
-            preview window can be closed.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the  tree view node
-            icon index values.
-            
-        
-        
-            Unknown item
-        
-        
-            The root project node
-        
-        
-            Documentation source folder
-        
-        
-            References folder
-        
-        
-            General folder
-        
-        
-            Documentation source
-        
-        
-            Reference
-        
-        
-            Image file
-        
-        
-            Code snippets file
-        
-        
-            Conceptual content layout/sitemap file
-        
-        
-            Conceptual content token file
-        
-        
-            Additional content topic transformation file
-        
-        
-            XML file
-        
-        
-            General content file (MAML, HTML, stylesheet, etc.)
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to hold basic information about the item represented
-            by the tree view node in the .
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The build action
-            The node item
-            The node properties
-        
-        
-            
-            The build action
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The build item for the node
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The properties for the object
-            
-            If a separate properties object is not specified,
-            this will return the item itself.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to determine what to do with unsaved files before building
-            a project.
-            
-        
-        
-            Save all changes to documents and the project.
-        
-        
-            Only save changes to open documents.
-        
-        
-            Prompt to save changes to all open documents and the
-            project.
-        
-        
-            Do not save any changes.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is a derived ICSharpCode text editor control that is used to
-            edit the conceptual content.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This raises the  event
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Paste an object from the clipboard (i.e. a topic or image link)
-            
-            The data to paste
-            Since the owning topic editor handles the necessary tasks
-            in its drag and drop event handler, we'll just invoke it.
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a string of text into the specified text area at the current
-            cursor location.
-            
-            The text area to use
-            The text to insert
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute a specified action in the editor
-            
-            The action to execute
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when Ctrl+F is hit to find text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This event is raised when Ctrl+H is hit to replace text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the conceptual content items
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project file item to edit
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the topic to a new filename
-            
-            The new filename
-            True if saved successfully, false if not
-            There are two overloads for this method
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the tree view with the topics and set the form up to edit them
-            
-            If not null, the node containing the
-            specified entry is set as the selected node.  If null, the first
-            node is selected.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add child nodes to the tree view recursively
-            
-            The collection of entries to add
-            The root to which they are added
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to update the state of the form controls
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to mark the file as dirty when the collection changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to prompt for save when closing
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the node text when a property changes if it affects the
-            node text.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Find a topic by ID when Enter is hit in the text box
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the selected node as the default topic
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The sender of the event
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the selected node as the split TOC location
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The sender of the event
-        
-        
-            
-            Move the selected node up or down within the group
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The sender of the event
-        
-        
-            
-            Add an existing topic file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item based on the selected template file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new topic file
-            
-            The filename of the topic to add
-            True to add as a child of the selected
-            node or false to add it as a sibling.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add an empty container node that is not associated with any topic
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all topic files found in the selected folder
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Associate a topic file with the selected node
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Clear the topic associated with the selected node
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            When cleared, the node becomes an container node
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the topic file associations to reflect changes made to the
-            project elsewhere (i.e. in the Project Explorer).
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete a content item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Copy as a link to the Windows clipboard for pasting into a topic
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the actual object to paste from the Windows
-            clipboard
-            
-            The object to paste
-        
-        
-            
-            Cut or copy the selected node to the internal clipboard
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            NOTE: Copying within the file is currently not
-            enabled.  Copying would require cloning the topic, its children,
-            and all related properties.  Copying a topic may not be of any use
-            anyway since the IDs have to be unique.
-        
-        
-            
-            Paste the node from the internal clipboard
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the selected topic file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Sort the topics by display title
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this editor
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This displays the drop cursor when the mouse drags into
-            the Find textbox.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles the drop operation for the Find textbox
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This initiates drag and drop for the tree view nodes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This validates the drop target during the drag operation
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles the drop operation for the tree view
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the state of the controls based on the current selection
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to select the clicked node and display the context
-            menu when a right click occurs.  This ensures that the correct
-            node is affected by the selected operation.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the node if it is double-clicked
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Handle shortcut keys in the tree view
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is the main form for the application
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            A default project file to load.  If
-            not specified, the most recently used project is loaded if there
-            is one.
-        
-        
-            
-            Deserialize the state of a content pane.
-            
-            The name of the item being deserialized
-            The dock content if deserialized or null if not.
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a new project instance and connect it to the UI
-            
-            The project filename
-            True if it must exist or false if it is
-            a new, unnamed project
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to save the project and/or document windows prior to
-            doing a build.
-            
-            True if successful, false if it fails or is cancelled.
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the current project
-            
-            True if the project was closed, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to update the filename information in the title bar
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to enable or disable the UI elements for the
-            build process
-            
-            True to enable the UI, false to disable
-            it
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the MRU list with the specified project filename by
-            adding it to the list or making it the most recently used.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-             Kill the web server if it is running
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the last used project on startup
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Save changes on exit if necessary
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Exit the application
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Show information about the application and contact info
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View the help file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This updates the state of the form when the project is modified.
-            It also updates the Sandcastle path in the component configuration
-            form.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the main
-            window with the current build step.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called by the build process thread to update the main
-            window with information about its progress.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Start a new help project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Create a new project from a project file that is in a different
-            format (i.e. SHFB 1.7.0.0 or earlier or NDoc 1.x)
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Open an existing help project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the current project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Build the MRU list when the Recent Projects menu opens
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to load a project from the MRU List
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the active configuration for the build
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the active platform for the build
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Build the help file using the current project settings
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Cancel the current build process
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Clear the last build information from the output window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean the output and working folders by deleting all files from
-            them.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Modify user preferences that are unrelated to the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event argumenst
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable the viewing options based on the current
-            project's help file format setting
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event argumenst
-        
-        
-            
-            View the help file produced by the last build.  Pick the first
-            available format.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View the last build HTML Help 1.x file, 2.x file, or website
-            Index.html page.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Launch the ASP.NET Development Web Server to view the website
-            output (Index.aspx).
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Toggle the "Open After Build" option
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the command states when content is added
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the command states when content is removed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the active document window/panel
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Close all open content editors
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Save all changes to the current item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Save all changes to the current item under a new name
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Save all content editors and the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View the project explorer window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View the project properties window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View the output from the last build
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Open or show the entity references window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Open or show the preview topic window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Return a reference to the main form
-            
-            This is used to let the various panes communicate between
-            each other.  There are probably several different ways to do this
-            that are better but this is quick and dirty and it works.
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a reference to the Project Explorer pane
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a reference to the Project Explorer menu item
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a reference to the status strip label used for status bar text
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit a token file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project file item to edit
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the font used based on the selected user settings
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the topic to a new filename
-            
-            The new filename
-            True if saved successfully, false if not
-            There are two overloads for this method
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the tree view with the tokens and set the form up to edit them
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overriden to prompt to save changes if necessary
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to mark the file as dirty when the collection changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to prompt for save when closing
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new token
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete the selected token
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This validates the token ID and value
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This loads the selected token ID and text into the editor fields
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit site map files that defines the table of
-            contents layout for additional content items.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The project file item to edit
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the topic to a new filename
-            
-            The new filename
-            True if saved successfully, false if not
-            There are two overloads for this method
-        
-        
-            
-            Load the tree view with the topics and set the form up to edit them
-            
-            If not null, the node containing the
-            specified entry is set as the selected node.  If null, the first
-            node is selected.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add child nodes to the tree view recursively
-            
-            The collection of entries to add
-            The root to which they are added
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to update the state of the form controls
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to mark the file as dirty when the collection changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to prompt for save when closing
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the node text when a property changes if it affects the
-            node text.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the selected node as the default topic
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The sender of the event
-        
-        
-            
-            Set the selected node as the split TOC location
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The sender of the event
-        
-        
-            
-            Move the selected node up or down within the group
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The sender of the event
-        
-        
-            
-            Add an existing topic file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new item based on the selected template file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add a new topic file
-            
-            The filename of the topic to add
-            True to add as a child of the selected
-            node or false to add it as a sibling.
-        
-        
-            
-            Add an empty container node that is not associated with any topic
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Add all topic files found in the selected folder
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Delete a content item
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Copy as a link to the Windows clipboard for pasting into a topic
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the actual object to paste from the Windows
-            clipboard
-            
-            The object to paste
-        
-        
-            
-            Cut or copy the selected node to the internal clipboard
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-            NOTE: Copying within the file is currently not
-            enabled.  Copying would require cloning the topic, its children,
-            and all related properties.  Copying a topic may not be of any use
-            anyway since the IDs have to be unique.
-        
-        
-            
-            Paste the node from the internal clipboard.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the selected topic file
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Sort the topics by display title
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this editor
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This initiates drag and drop for the tree view nodes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This validates the drop target during the drag operation
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles the drop operation for the tree view
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the state of the controls based on the current selection
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to select the clicked node and display the context
-            menu when a right click occurs.  This ensures that the correct
-            node is affected by the selected operation.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Edit the node if it is double-clicked
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Handle shortcut keys in the tree view
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit the project properties
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the Sandcastle path in the component configuration designer
-            
-            
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Reset the property grid splitter position after being made visible
-            
-            The event arguments
-            If not, it tends to be way to large
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to ignore Ctrl+F4 which closes the window rather
-            than hide it when docked as a document.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called to refresh the property grid after a change that
-            may have affected it.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-             
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify 
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the current project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to look up code entity references, code snippets,
-            tokens, and images, and allows them to be dragged and dropped into
-            a topic editor window.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The status text label control
-        
-        
-            
-            This is the thread method that indexes the comments files
-            
-            Rather than a partial build, we'll just index the
-            comments files.
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called if indexing completes successfully
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is called if indexing fails
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This loads the tree view with image file entries from the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This loads the tree view with token file entries from the project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This loads the content when the window is first made visible
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This kills the build thread if it is still running when closed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Find all code entities matching the entered text when Enter is hit
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Prevent nodes from being collapsed
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Allow an item to be dragged and dropped onto a topic window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Refresh the currently displayed entity information
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Change the type of entities listed in the window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Act like a double-click when Enter is hit on a node
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            If a node is double-clicked, paste it into the active editor window
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to return the actual object to paste from the Windows
-            clipboard
-            
-            The object to paste
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to set or get the current project
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This defines the entity types
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to convert a project in a different format to the new
-            MSBuild format used by SHFB 1.8.0.0 and later.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Close the dialog without converting a project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the project to convert
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the folder for the new project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Convert the project
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            View help for this form
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Upon successful conversion, this will return the name of the
-            new project file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class contains the main entry point and other start up code.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This class cannot be instantiated
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            The main entry point for the application.
-            
-            Command line arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to edit a conceptual topic file.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The filename to load
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the font used based on the selected user settings
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Track the last used insert action and update the toolbar button
-            
-            The last used element
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a link to a topic
-            
-            The extension of the file in which the
-            link is being inserted.
-            The topic for which to create a link
-            If dropped inside some selected text, the link will
-            wrap the selected text.
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a link to a site map table of contents entry (HTML only)
-            
-            The extension of the file in which the
-            link is being inserted.
-            The TOC entry for which to create a link
-            If dropped inside some selected text, the link will
-            wrap the selected text.
-        
-        
-            
-            Save the topic to a new filename
-            
-            The new filename
-            True if saved successfully, false if not
-            There are two overloads for this method
-        
-        
-            
-            Paste text from the clipboard into the editor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Mark the file as dirty when the text changes
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overriden to prompt to save changes if necessary
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This displays the drop cursor when the mouse drags into
-            the editor.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles the drop operation for the editor
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a media link into the document
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a basic element such as legacyBold, legacyItalic, etc.
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event element
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a list element
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a table element
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a link to an in-page address attribute value
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert an external link
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Perform the action associated with the last insert item used
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert an alert element
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a code element
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a definition table
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a section
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            HTML encode any currently selected text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Cut text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Cut text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Paste text
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Undo editor change
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Redo editor change
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles the Perform Find Text event
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles the Perform Replace Text event
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Find the specified text in the editor
-            
-            The text to find
-            True to do a case-sensitive search
-            or false to do a case-insensitive search
-            True if the text is found, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Find and replace the next occurrence of the specified text in the
-            editor.
-            
-            The text to find
-            The replacement text
-            True to do a case-sensitive search
-            or false to do a case-insensitive search
-            True if the text is found and replaced, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Find and replace all occurrences of the specified text in the
-            editor.
-            
-            The text to find
-            The replacement text
-            True to do a case-sensitive search
-            or false to do a case-insensitive search
-            True if replacements were made, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-            
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This returns the filename
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This form is used to contain and view the build output
-            
-        
-        
-             
-            Required designer variable.
-            
-        
-        
-             
-            Clean up any resources being used.
-            
-            true if managed resources should be disposed; otherwise, false.
-        
-        
-             
-            Required method for Designer support - do not modify 
-            the contents of this method with the code editor.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to transform the log file from XML to HTML for viewing
-            
-            The log file to transform
-            The HTML representing the transformed log file
-        
-        
-            
-            Select the output to view
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Print the information in the browser control
-            
-            The sender of the event
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            This is overridden to ignore Ctrl+F4 which closes the window rather
-            than hide it when docked as a document.
-            
-            The event arguments
-        
-        
-            
-            Update the window settings based on the user preferences
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Reset the log viewer ready for a new build
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            View the build output
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            View the specified log file
-            
-            The log file to view
-        
-        
-            
-            Append text to the build output
-            
-            The text to append
-            A carriage return and line feed are added
-            automatically.
-        
-        
-            
-            Enable or disable based on the build state
-            
-            True if building, false if not
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to get or set the log filename from the last build
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Get a line number and position the cursor on it
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute the Goto Line action
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-        
-            
-            Fire the PerformFindText event
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The parent editor control
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute the Find Text action
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-        
-            
-            Fire the PerformReplaceText event
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The parent editor control
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute the Find Text action
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-        
-            
-            This handles pasting data from 
-            objects if present.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The parent editor control
-        
-        
-            
-            Handle the paste operation
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-        
-            
-            This will HTML encode the currently selected block of text.
-            
-            If no text is selected, nothing will happen.
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute the HTML Encode action
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-        
-            
-            This is used to insert a closing element when Tab is hit and the cursor
-            is within an opening tag.
-            
-            This is a really simple form of auto-completion.  This may be
-            replaced in a later release with real auto-completion support that
-            includes a pop-up with available options.
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The old action to call if this action
-            doesn't do anything.
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute the Inser Closing Element action
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert an element of the given type optionally wrapping any selected
-            text in which the cursor is located.
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The element name to insert
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute the Insert Element action
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-        
-            
-            Insert a matching character when the first of the pair is entered
-            
-        
-        
-            
-            Constructor
-            
-            The character(s) to insert
-        
-        
-            
-            Execute the Insert Matching action
-            
-            The text area in which to perform the
-            action
-        
-    
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHelpFileBuilder.targets b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHelpFileBuilder.targets
deleted file mode 100644
index 54dfe4d1..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHelpFileBuilder.targets	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeBuildHelp;
-      CoreBuildHelp;
-      AfterBuildHelp
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-      
-      
-      
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeCleanHelp;
-      CoreCleanHelp;
-      AfterCleanHelp
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeRebuildHelp;
-      Clean;
-      Build;
-      AfterRebuildHelp;
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
-  
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHtmlExtract.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHtmlExtract.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f143c11..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHtmlExtract.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHtmlExtract.exe b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHtmlExtract.exe
deleted file mode 100644
index 1319e887..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleHtmlExtract.exe and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleStyles.url b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleStyles.url
deleted file mode 100644
index d4b241dd..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SandcastleStyles.url	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-[InternetShortcut]
-URL=http://SandcastleStyles.codeplex.com
-ShowCommand=3
-IDList=
-IconFile=http://www.codeplex.com/favicon.ico
-IconIndex=1
-[{000214A0-0000-0000-C000-000000000046}]
-Prop3=19,2
-[DEFAULT]
-BASEURL=http://SandcastleStyles.codeplex.com
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_de-DE.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_de-DE.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_de-DE.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_en-US.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_en-US.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_en-US.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_es-ES.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_es-ES.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_es-ES.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_it-IT.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_it-IT.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_it-IT.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 5048ada0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/HanaBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    {@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_de-DE.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_de-DE.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_de-DE.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_en-US.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_en-US.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_en-US.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_es-ES.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_es-ES.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_es-ES.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_it-IT.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_it-IT.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_it-IT.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index d786a994..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/PrototypeBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,11 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_de-DE.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_de-DE.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 422dd581..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_de-DE.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    Namespaces
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Assembly: {0} (Module: {1}) Version: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) Version: {3}
-
-    
-    Kopieren
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[Diese Seite ist eine Vorabausgabe der Dokumentation und kann in zuknftigen Ausgaben gendert werden. Leere Seiten sind als Platzhalter eingefgt.]

-
-    
Senden Sie Kommentare zu diesem Feature an
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_en-US.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_en-US.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 85bf4311..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_en-US.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    Namespaces
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Assembly: {0} (Module: {1}) Version: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) Version: {3}
-
-    
-    Copy
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[This is preliminary documentation and is subject to change.]

-
-    
Send comments on this topic to
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_es-ES.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_es-ES.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d20d4f8..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_es-ES.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    Espacio de nombres
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Assembly: {0} (Módulo: {1}) Versión: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) Versión: {3}
-
-    
-    Copy
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[Ésta es documentación preliminar y está sujeta a cambios.]

-
-    
Enviar los comentarios sobre este asunto a
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index c58967e8..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_fr-FR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    Espaces de noms
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Assembly: {0} (Module: {1}) Version: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) Version: {3}
-
-    
-    Copy
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[Ceci est une documentation préliminaire, sous réserve de modification.]

-
-    
Envoyez vos commentaires sur cette documentation à
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_it-IT.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_it-IT.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fe1cb0f2..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_it-IT.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    Spazio dei nomi
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Assembly: {0} (Modulo: {1}) Versione: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) Versione: {3}
-
-    
-    Copy
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[Documentazione preliminare soggetta a variazioni.]

-
-    
Inviare suggerimenti o segnalare errori relativi a questo argomento a
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 69e898c4..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ja-JP.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    名前空間
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    アセンブリ: {0} (モジュール: {1}) バージョン: {2}
-    {0} ({1}.{2} 内) バージョン: {3}
-
-    
-    コピー
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[これは仮のドキュメントであり、予告なく変更されます。]

-
-    
このトピックに対してコメントを送信
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index a0a4712a..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ko-KR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    네임스페이스
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Assembly: {0} (Module: {1}) Version: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) Version: {3}
-
-    
-    코드 복사
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[This is preliminary documentation and is subject to change.]

-
-    
내용에 문의사항이 있는 경우 우측의 메일 주소로 연락 바랍니다.
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index fd179045..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_pt-BR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    Espaos de Nome
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Conjunto: {0} (Mdulo: {1}) Verso: {2}
-    {0} (em {1}.{2}) Verso: {3}
-
-    
-    Copiar
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[Esta  uma documentao preliminar e est sujeita a alteraes.]

-
-    
Envie comentrios sobre este tpico para
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 354e17bd..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_ru-RU.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    Пространства имен
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    Сборка: {0} (Модуль: {1})
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) Version: {3}
-
-    
-    Copy
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[This is preliminary documentation and is subject to change.]

-
-    
Send comments on this topic to
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 24215b84..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    命名空间
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    程序集: {0} (组件: {1}) 版本: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) 版本: {3}
-
-    
-    复制
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[这是一个初步的说明文档有待于进一步改进。]

-
-    
如果您对本产品的帮助或其他功能有任何建议或需要报告 Bug，请发送邮件到
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index e488cd2c..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/SharedBuilderContent_zh-CN.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,45 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    命名空间
-    {@RootNamespaceTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-
-    组件: {0} (模块: {1}) 版本: {2}
-    {0} (in {1}.{2}) 版本: {3}
-
-    
-    复制
-
-    {@Locale}
-
-    
[本文档仅为初稿，以后可能会有变更。]

-
-    
有关这个主题的评论请发邮件到
-        {@HtmlEncFeedbackEMailAddress}
-        
-
-    
-    {@HtmlEncCopyrightInfo}
-
-    
-    Initializes a new instance of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    Initializes the static fields of the <see cref="T:{0}"/> class
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0}&gt; documentation for "{1}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;{0} name="{1}"/&gt; documentation for "{2}"]</p>
-    <p style="color: #dc143c; font-size: 8.5pt; font-weight: bold;">[Missing &lt;include&gt; target documentation in '{0}'.  File: '{1}' Path: '{2}']</p>
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_de-DE.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_de-DE.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_de-DE.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_en-US.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_en-US.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_en-US.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_es-ES.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_es-ES.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_es-ES.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_fr-FR.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_fr-FR.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_fr-FR.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_it-IT.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_it-IT.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_it-IT.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ja-JP.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ja-JP.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ja-JP.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ko-KR.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ko-KR.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ko-KR.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_pt-BR.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_pt-BR.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_pt-BR.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ru-RU.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ru-RU.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_ru-RU.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_zh-CHS.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_zh-CHS.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_zh-CHS.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_zh-CN.txt b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_zh-CN.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a971c312..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/StopWordList_zh-CN.txt	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-a
-about
-above
-across
-after
-afterwards
-again
-against
-all
-almost
-alone
-along
-already
-also
-although
-always
-am
-among
-amongst
-amount
-an
-and
-another
-any
-anyone
-anything
-anyway
-anywhere
-are
-around
-as
-at
-back
-be
-became
-because
-become
-becomes
-becoming
-been
-before
-beforehand
-behind
-being
-below
-beside
-besides
-between
-beyond
-both
-bottom
-but
-by
-can
-cannot
-come
-con
-could
-dec
-did
-do
-does
-doing
-done
-down
-due
-during
-each
-early
-either
-else
-elsewhere
-enough
-etc
-etcetera
-even
-ever
-every
-everyone
-everything
-everywhere
-except
-far
-few
-fill
-find
-fire
-for
-former
-formerly
-found
-from
-front
-full
-further
-get
-give
-had
-has
-have
-he
-hence
-her
-here
-hereafter
-hereby
-herein
-hereupon
-hers
-herself
-him
-himself
-his
-how
-however
-i
-if
-in
-inc
-indeed
-interest
-into
-is
-it
-its
-itself
-keep
-last
-late
-later
-latter
-latterly
-least
-less
-made
-many
-may
-me
-meanwhile
-med
-might
-mine
-more
-moreover
-most
-mostly
-move
-much
-must
-myself
-name
-namely
-near
-neither
-never
-nevertheless
-next
-no
-nobody
-non
-none
-noone
-nor
-not
-note
-nothing
-now
-nowhere
-of
-off
-often
-on
-once
-only
-onto
-or
-other
-others
-otherwise
-our
-ours
-ourselves
-out
-over
-own
-per
-perhaps
-please
-pre
-pro
-put
-raise
-rather
-run
-same
-saw
-see
-seem
-seemed
-seeming
-seems
-seen
-several
-she
-should
-show
-side
-since
-sincere
-so
-some
-somehow
-someone
-something
-sometime
-sometimes
-somewhere
-still
-such
-take
-tha
-than
-that
-the
-their
-them
-themselves
-then
-thence
-there
-thereafter
-thereby
-therefore
-therein
-thereupon
-these
-they
-thick
-thin
-this
-tho
-those
-though
-through
-throughout
-thru
-thus
-thy
-tip
-to
-together
-too
-toward
-towards
-under
-until
-up
-upon
-us
-use
-very
-via
-was
-we
-well
-were
-what
-whatever
-when
-whence
-whenever
-where
-whereafter
-whereas
-whereby
-wherein
-whereupon
-wherever
-whether
-which
-while
-whither
-who
-whoever
-whole
-whom
-whose
-why
-will
-with
-within
-without
-would
-yet
-you
-your
-yours
-yourself
-yourselves
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_de-DE.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_de-DE.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_de-DE.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_en-US.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_en-US.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_en-US.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_es-ES.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_es-ES.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_es-ES.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_fr-FR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_fr-FR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_fr-FR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_it-IT.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_it-IT.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_it-IT.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ja-JP.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ja-JP.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d376e50..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ja-JP.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    ドキュメント開発チームはドキュメントの品質向上にあなたのフィードバックを使用いたします。送信いただいたメールアドレスは他の用途に使用いたしません。問題が解決した後送信されたメールアドレスを破棄いたします。送信いただいた問題の処理において，詳細をお伺いする場合や問題の切り分けのためにコンタクトをとらせていただく場合がございます。
-    送信
-    フィードバック
-     このトピックに対して
-    フィードバックの送信
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    ドキュメント開発チームはドキュメントの品質向上にあなたのフィードバックを使用いたします。送信いただいたメールアドレスは他の用途に使用いたしません。問題が解決した後送信されたメールアドレスを破棄いたします。送信いただいた問題の処理において，詳細をお伺いする場合や問題の切り分けのためにコンタクトをとらせていただく場合がございます。
-     このトピックに対して
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ko-KR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ko-KR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ko-KR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_pt-BR.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_pt-BR.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_pt-BR.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ru-RU.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ru-RU.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_ru-RU.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_zh-CHS.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_zh-CN.xml b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_zh-CN.xml
deleted file mode 100644
index 2df9d888..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/SharedContent/VS2005BuilderContent_zh-CN.xml	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-
-    {@HeaderText} {@Preliminary}
-
-    
-     
-{@FooterText}{@Comments} {@Copyright}
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@ScriptHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-    Send
-    feedback
-     on this topic.
-    Send Feedback
-
-    {@FeedbackEMailAddress}
-    {@HtmlEncHelpTitle}
-    %0\dYour%20feedback%20is%20used%20to%20improve%20the%20documentation%20and%20the%20product.%20Your%20e-mail%20address%20will%20not%20be%20used%20for%20any%20other%20purpose%20and%20is%20disposed%20of%20after%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20is%20resolved.%20%20While%20working%20to%20resolve%20the%20issue%20that%20you%20report,%20you%20may%20be%20contacted%20via%20e-mail%20to%20get%20further%20details%20or%20clarification%20on%20the%20feedback%20you%20sent.%20After%20the%20issue%20you%20report%20has%20been%20addressed,%20you%20may%20receive%20an%20e-mail%20to%20let%20you%20know%20that%20your%20feedback%20has%20been%20addressed.%0\A%0\d
-     on this topic.
-    {@ShowFeedbackControl}
-
-    
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Build1xHelpFile.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Build1xHelpFile.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index d6c146da..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Build1xHelpFile.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@HHCPath}
-    Help1x.hhp
-    
-    {@LangId}
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}Output
-    {@HtmlEncOutputFolder}
-    {@HTMLEncHelpName}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeBuild1xHelpFile;
-      Build1xHelpFile;
-      AfterBuild1xHelpFile
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Build2xHelpFile.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Build2xHelpFile.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e87e057..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Build2xHelpFile.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,113 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@HXCompPath}
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}Output
-    {@HtmlEncOutputFolder}
-    {@HTMLEncHelpName}
-    {@StopWordListFilename}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeBuild2xHelpFile;
-      Build2xHelpFile;
-      AfterBuild2xHelpFile
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/BuildConceptualTopics.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/BuildConceptualTopics.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index fb3b5569..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/BuildConceptualTopics.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@SandcastlePath}
-    conceptual.config
-    ConceptualManifest.xml
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeBuildConceptualTopics;
-      BuildConceptualTopics;
-      AfterBuildConceptualTopics
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/BuildReferenceTopics.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/BuildReferenceTopics.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index c6c2ccbe..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/BuildReferenceTopics.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@SandcastlePath}
-    sandcastle.config
-    manifest.xml
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeBuildReferenceTopics;
-      BuildReferenceTopics;
-      AfterBuildReferenceTopics
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/ExtractHtmlInfo.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/ExtractHtmlInfo.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index fc8f32f4..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/ExtractHtmlInfo.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@HTMLEncHelpName}
-    {@LangID}
-    {@GenerateHelp1Files}
-    {@GenerateWebFiles}
-    
-    
-    
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeExtractHtmlInfo;
-      ExtractHtmlInfo;
-      AfterExtractHtmlInfo
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/FixScriptSharp.xsl b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/FixScriptSharp.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cf57b05..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/FixScriptSharp.xsl	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-	
-
-	
-		
-			
-		
-	
-
-	
-	
-		
-			
-			
-		
-    
-
-	
-	
-		
-			
-		
-	
-
-	
-	
-	
-
-	
-	
-		
-			
-				
-					
-						
-					
-				
-			
-		
-	
-
-	
-	
-		
-			
-		
-	
-
-	
-	
-	
-
-	
-	
-	
-
-	
-	
-		
-			
-		
-		
-		
-		
-	
-
-	
-	
-			
-				
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-			
-	
-
-	
-	
-			
-				
-			
-			
-			
-				
-					
-				
-			
-	
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Generate2xTOC.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Generate2xTOC.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b94ee38..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Generate2xTOC.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@SandcastlePath}
-    {@HTMLEncHelpName}.HxT
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeGenerate2xTOC;
-      Generate2xTOC;
-      AfterGenerate2xTOC
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateInheritedDocs.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateInheritedDocs.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b27e8f8..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateInheritedDocs.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-
-    
-{@ImportFrameworkCommentList}
-
-    
-{@InheritedCommentFileList}
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateInheritedDocs.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateInheritedDocs.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index ebd6f8fd..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateInheritedDocs.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-    
-  
-    GenerateInheritedDocs.config
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeGenerateInheritedDocs;
-      GenerateInheritedDocs;
-      AfterGenerateInheritedDocs
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateIntermediateTOC.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateIntermediateTOC.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index e37a8e1d..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateIntermediateTOC.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@PresentationParam}
-    {@SandcastlePath}
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeGenerateIntermediateTOC;
-      GenerateIntermediateTOC;
-      AfterGenerateIntermediateTOC
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateRefInfo.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateRefInfo.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index eccbaae3..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/GenerateRefInfo.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    v{@FrameworkVersionShort}
-    {@DocInternals}
-    {@SandcastlePath}
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    .\
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      ResolveReferences;
-      BeforeGenerateRefInfo;
-      GenerateRefInfo;
-      AfterGenerateRefInfo
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-
-    
-    
-
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Hana.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Hana.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 42f25735..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Hana.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,238 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-      
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-            
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-              
-{@SyntaxFilters}
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-{@FrameworkCommentList}
-{@CommentFileList}
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-              
-                
-                    
-                
-              
-            
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-            
-{@SyntaxFiltersDropDown}
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-            
-            
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Hana.xsl b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Hana.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index d521d25e..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Hana.xsl	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-        <@HtmlEncHelpTitle/>
-      
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-
-<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-    
-    
-    
-    
-
-
-
-    
-
-
-
-
-
-    
-      
-        
-        
-      
-    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-      
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    
-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    

-      
-      
-
-  
-    
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    

-      
-      
-
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    

-      
-    
-  
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help1x.hhp b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help1x.hhp
deleted file mode 100644
index 721f6c81..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help1x.hhp	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-[OPTIONS]
-Compatibility=1.1 or later
-Default Window=MsdnHelp
-Display compile progress=No
-Full-text search=Yes
-Language={@Language}
-Binary TOC={@BinaryTOC}
-Title={@HelpTitle}
-Default topic={@DefaultTopic}
-Contents file={@HTMLHelpName}.hhc
-Compiled file={@HTMLHelpName}.chm
-Error log file={@HTMLHelpName}.log
-Index file={@HTMLHelpName}.hhk
-Auto Index=Yes
-
-[WINDOWS]
-MsdnHelp="{@HelpTitle}","{@HTMLHelpName}.hhc","{@HTMLHelpName}.hhk","{@DefaultTopic}","{@DefaultTopic}",,,,,{@WindowOptions},220,0x387e,[86,51,886,651],,,,,,,0
-
-[FILES]
-{@Help1xProjectFiles}
-
-[INFOTYPES]
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x.HxC b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x.HxC
deleted file mode 100644
index 42aec01d..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x.HxC	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-  
-    
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x.HxF b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x.HxF
deleted file mode 100644
index cfe2b91a..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x.HxF	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-{@Help2xProjectFiles}
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_A.HxK b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_A.HxK
deleted file mode 100644
index 07d2a042..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_A.HxK	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_B.HxK b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_B.HxK
deleted file mode 100644
index f52c8bbe..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_B.HxK	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_F.HxK b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_F.HxK
deleted file mode 100644
index 3a975c80..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_F.HxK	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_H2Reg.ini b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_H2Reg.ini
deleted file mode 100644
index acbc0ee2..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_H2Reg.ini	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,47 +0,0 @@
-; This file is intended for use with the H2Reg.exe help registration utility.
-; H2Reg.exe is a shareware product from The Helpware Group that can be
-; integrated into installers used for deploying HTML Help 2 titles and
-; collections.  H2Reg.exe can be downloaded and licensed from
-; http://www.helpware.net.
-
-;------- Register -r switch
-
-[Reg_Namespace]
-;||  or +||
-{@HtmlHelpName}|{@HtmlHelpName}.HxC|{@HelpTitle}
-
-[Reg_Title]
-;||||||||||
-{@HtmlHelpName}|{@HtmlHelpName}|{@LangId}|{@HtmlHelpName}.HxS|{@HtmlHelpName}.HxS||||||
-
-[Reg_Plugin]
-;||||
-{@H2RegPlugInEntries}
-
-[Reg_Filter]
-;||
-{@HtmlHelpName}|{@HelpTitle}|"DocSet"="{@HtmlHelpName}"
-
-;------- Unregister -u switch
-
-[UnReg_Filter]
-;|
-{@HtmlHelpName}|{@HelpTitle}
-
-[UnReg_Plugin]
-;||||
-{@H2RegPlugInEntries}
-
-[UnReg_Title]
-;||
-{@HtmlHelpName}|{@HtmlHelpName}|{@LangId}
-
-[UnReg_Namespace]
-;
-{@HtmlHelpName}
-
-;------- Merge -M switch
-
-[Merge_Namespace]
-;|[AUTO]
-{@H2RegMergeNamespaces}
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_K.HxK b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_K.HxK
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c086b3e..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_K.HxK	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_NamedURLIndex.HxK b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_NamedURLIndex.HxK
deleted file mode 100644
index 1786191a..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_NamedURLIndex.HxK	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_S.HxK b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_S.HxK
deleted file mode 100644
index cdbb721c..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Help2x_S.HxK	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/HelpFileBuilderTokens.tokens b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/HelpFileBuilderTokens.tokens
deleted file mode 100644
index 188df2f5..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/HelpFileBuilderTokens.tokens	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/MRefBuilder.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/MRefBuilder.config
deleted file mode 100644
index bb522730..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/MRefBuilder.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-    
-    
-    
-      
-    
-    
-      
-      
-      
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-      
-      
-      
-      
-        
-        
-        
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-      
-      
-      
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-      
-      
-      
-    
-{@ApiFilter}    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Prototype.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Prototype.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cecd157..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Prototype.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,228 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-      
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-            
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-              
-{@SyntaxFilters}
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-{@FrameworkCommentList}
-{@CommentFileList}
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-              
-                
-                    
-                
-              
-            
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-            
-{@SyntaxFiltersDropDown}
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-            
-            
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Prototype.xsl b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Prototype.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 603968a8..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/Prototype.xsl	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,212 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-        <@HtmlEncHelpTitle/>
-      
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-
-<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-    
-    
-    
-    
-
-
-
-    
-
-
-
-
-
-    
-      
-        
-        
-      
-    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-  
-    
-  
-  
-
-  
-    
-  
-



-  
-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-
-


-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-      
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    
-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    



-      
-      
-
-  
-    
-    
-  
-



-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    

-      
-      
-
-  
-    
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    


-      
-    
-  
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/TransformBuildLog.xsl b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/TransformBuildLog.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 2fdd4a07..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/TransformBuildLog.xsl	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-  
-  
-    ", ">");
-
-        logText = reScriptName.Replace(logText,
-            "$0");
-
-        logText = reWarning.Replace(logText,
-            "$0");
-
-        logText = reErrors.Replace(logText,
-            "$0");
-
-        return (logText.Length == 0) ? " " : logText;
-    }
-  	]]>
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-
-<xsl:value-of select="product"/>
-
-
-
-
-
-
  Build Log

-
Project File: 

-
Build Started: 

-

-Collapse All    Expand All
-

-
-
-
-
-

-End of Log
-

-Collapse All    Expand All
-
-
-
-
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    -
-
-    


-    
-        
-    

-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
Plug-In:   Running:   Priority: 

-      
-    

-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-  
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/TransformManifest.proj b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/TransformManifest.proj
deleted file mode 100644
index ba2a276b..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/TransformManifest.proj	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    {@PresentationParam}
-    {@IncludeProjectNode}
-    {@SandcastlePath}
-    {@HtmlEncWorkingFolder}
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      BeforeTransformManifest;
-      TransformManifest;
-      AfterTransformManifest
-    
-  
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-
-    
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/VS2005.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/VS2005.config
deleted file mode 100644
index fa9ff184..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/VS2005.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-
-
-    
-      
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-            
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-                
-                
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-              
-{@SyntaxFilters}
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-{@FrameworkCommentList}
-{@CommentFileList}
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-            
-              
-              
-                
-                    
-                
-              
-            
-            
-              
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-            
-{@SyntaxFiltersDropDown}
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-            
-            
-            
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/VS2005.xsl b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/VS2005.xsl
deleted file mode 100644
index 129f367e..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/VS2005.xsl	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,264 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-        <@HtmlEncHelpTitle/>
-      
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-
-
-<xsl:value-of select="title"/>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-    
-    
-    
-    
-
-
-
-    
-
-
-
-
-
-    
-      
-        
-        
-      
-    
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-      
-    
-  
-
-  
-  
-    
-      
-
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    
-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    

-      
-      
-
-  
-    
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    

-      
-      
-
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-  
-    
-  
-

-      
-        
-        
-      
-      
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-      
-        
-          
-        
-      
-    

-      
-    
-  
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/conceptual.config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/conceptual.config
deleted file mode 100644
index 71759498..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Templates/conceptual.config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-
-  
-    
-      
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-{@TokenFiles}
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-          
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-{@CodeSnippetsFiles}
-          
-            
-            
-            
-          
-          
-             
-             
-             
-             
-          
-          
-             
-             
-             
-             
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-            
-            
-{@SyntaxFiltersDropDown}
-            
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-
-          
-          
-
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-          
-          
-          
-          
-          
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-            
-            
-        
-
-        
-        
-          
-        
-
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/CloseSearch.png b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/CloseSearch.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 3777d67b..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/CloseSearch.png and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/CollapseAll.bmp b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/CollapseAll.bmp
deleted file mode 100644
index 2f112554..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/CollapseAll.bmp and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Collapsed.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Collapsed.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index 2d15c141..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Collapsed.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/ExpandAll.bmp b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/ExpandAll.bmp
deleted file mode 100644
index 2138770b..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/ExpandAll.bmp and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Expanded.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Expanded.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index 1deac2fe..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Expanded.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/FillNode.aspx b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/FillNode.aspx
deleted file mode 100644
index 3e79e63b..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/FillNode.aspx	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,90 +0,0 @@
-<%@ Page Language="C#" EnableViewState="False" %>
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.aspx b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.aspx
deleted file mode 100644
index 8ef61d19..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.aspx	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-<%@ Page Language="C#" EnableViewState="False" %>
-
-
-
-
-
-{@HtmlEncHelpTitle} - Table of Content
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index 35ab0476..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.html b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.html
deleted file mode 100644
index 9ace5214..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Index.html	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-
-
-
-
-{@HtmlEncHelpTitle} - Table of Content
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-{@HtmlTOC}
-

-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Item.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Item.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index c1356033..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Item.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/LoadIndexKeywords.aspx b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/LoadIndexKeywords.aspx
deleted file mode 100644
index 05936ca1..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/LoadIndexKeywords.aspx	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-<%@ Page Language="C#" EnableViewState="False" %>
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Search.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Search.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e35258a..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Search.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/SearchHelp.aspx b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/SearchHelp.aspx
deleted file mode 100644
index cae34e3d..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/SearchHelp.aspx	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-<%@ Page Language="C#" EnableViewState="False" %>
-
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Splitter.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Splitter.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index f052c6af..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Splitter.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/SyncTOC.gif b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/SyncTOC.gif
deleted file mode 100644
index 892fe676..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/SyncTOC.gif and /dev/null differ
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/TOC.css b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/TOC.css
deleted file mode 100644
index e718b9d0..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/TOC.css	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/* File    : TOC.css
-// Author  : Eric Woodruff  (Eric@EWoodruff.us)
-// Updated : 09/07/2007
-//
-// Stylesheet for the table of content
-*/
-
-*
-{
-	margin: 0px 0px 0px 0px;
-	padding: 0px 0px 0px 0px;
-}
-
-body
-{
-    font-family: verdana, arial, sans-serif;
-    font-size: 8.5pt;
-    background-color: #6699CC;
-    color: White;
-	overflow: hidden;
-}
-
-input
-{
-	font-size: 8.5pt;
-}
-
-img
-{
-    border: 0;
-    margin-left: 5px;
-    margin-right: 2px;
-}
-
-img.TreeNodeImg
-{
-    cursor: pointer;
-}
-
-img.TOCLink
-{
-    cursor: pointer;
-    margin-left: 0;
-    margin-right: 0;
-}
-
-a.SelectedNode, a.UnselectedNode
-{
-	color: black;
-    text-decoration: none;
-	padding: 1px 3px 1px 3px;
-    white-space: nowrap;
-}
-
-a.SelectedNode
-{
-	background-color: #ffffff;
-    border: solid 1px #999999;
-	padding: 0px 2px 0px 2px;
-}
-
-a.UnselectedNode:hover, a.SelectedNode:hover
-{
-    background-color: #cccccc;
-    border: solid 1px #999999;
-	padding: 0px 2px 0px 2px;
-}
-
-.Visible
-{
-    display: block;
-    margin-left: 2em;
-}
-
-.Hidden
-{
-    display: none;
-}
-
-.Tree
-{
-	background-color: #f0f0f0;
-	color: Black;
-    width: 300px;
-	overflow: auto;
-}
-
-.TreeNode, .TreeItem
-{
-    white-space: nowrap;
-    margin: 2px 2px 2px 2px;
-}
-
-.TOCDiv
-{
-	position: relative;
-	float: left;
-	width: 300px;
-    height: 100%;
-}
-
-.TOCSizer
-{
-	clear: none;
-	float: left;
-	width: 10px;
-    height: 100%;
-    background-color: #6699CC;
-    background-image: url("Splitter.gif");
-    background-position:center center;
-	background-repeat:no-repeat;
-	position: relative;
-	cursor: w-resize;
-}
-
-.TopicContent
-{
-	position: relative;
-	float: right;
-    background-color: white;
-    height: 100%;
-}
-
-.SearchOpts
-{
-    padding: 5px 5px 0px 5px;
-    background-color: lightgrey;
-    color: black;
-    width: 300px;
-}
-
-.NavOpts
-{
-    padding: 5px 5px 0px 5px;
-    background-color: lightgrey;
-    color: black;
-    width: 300px;
-}
-
-.IndexOpts
-{
-    padding: 5px 5px 0px 5px;
-    background-color: lightgrey;
-    color: black;
-    width: 300px;
-}
-
-.IndexItem
-{
-    white-space: nowrap;
-    margin: 2px 2px 2px 2px;
-}
-
-.IndexSubItem
-{
-    white-space: nowrap;
-    margin: 2px 2px 2px 12px;
-}
-
-.PaddedText
-{
-    margin: 10px 10px 10px 10px;
-}
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/TOC.js b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/TOC.js
deleted file mode 100644
index 3ae96de5..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/TOC.js	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,728 +0,0 @@
-//=============================================================================
-// System  : Sandcastle Help File Builder
-// File    : TOC.js
-// Author  : Eric Woodruff  (Eric@EWoodruff.us)
-// Updated : 04/11/2008
-// Note    : Copyright 2006-2008, Eric Woodruff, All rights reserved
-// Compiler: JavaScript
-//
-// This file contains the methods necessary to implement a simple tree view
-// for the table of content with a resizable splitter and Ajax support to
-// load tree nodes on demand.  It also contains the script necessary to do
-// full-text searches.
-//
-// This code is published under the Microsoft Public License (Ms-PL).  A copy
-// of the license should be distributed with the code.  It can also be found
-// at the project website: http://www.CodePlex.com/SHFB.   This notice, the
-// author's name, and all copyright notices must remain intact in all
-// applications, documentation, and source files.
-//
-// Version     Date     Who  Comments
-// ============================================================================
-// 1.3.0.0  09/12/2006  EFW  Created the code
-// 1.4.0.2  06/15/2007  EFW  Reworked to get rid of frame set and to add
-//                           support for Ajax to load tree nodes on demand.
-// 1.5.0.0  06/24/2007  EFW  Added full-text search capabilities
-// 1.6.0.7  04/01/2008  EFW  Merged changes from Ferdinand Prantl to add a
-//                           website keyword index.  Added support for "topic"
-//                           query string option.
-//=============================================================================
-
-// IE flag
-var isIE = (navigator.userAgent.indexOf("MSIE") >= 0);
-
-// Minimum width of the TOC div
-var minWidth = 100;
-
-// Elements and sizing info
-var divTOC, divSizer, topicContent, divNavOpts, divSearchOpts, divSearchResults,
-    divIndexOpts, divIndexResults, divTree, docBody, maxWidth, offset,
-    txtSearchText, chkSortByTitle;
-
-// Last node selected
-var lastNode, lastSearchNode, lastIndexNode;
-
-// Last page with keyword index
-var currentIndexPage = 0;
-
-//============================================================================
-
-// Initialize the tree view and resize the content
-function Initialize()
-{
-    docBody = document.getElementsByTagName("body")[0];
-    divTOC = document.getElementById("TOCDiv");
-    divSizer = document.getElementById("TOCSizer");
-    topicContent = document.getElementById("TopicContent");
-    divNavOpts = document.getElementById("divNavOpts");
-    divSearchOpts = document.getElementById("divSearchOpts");
-    divSearchResults = document.getElementById("divSearchResults");
-    divIndexOpts = document.getElementById("divIndexOpts");
-    divIndexResults = document.getElementById("divIndexResults");
-    divTree = document.getElementById("divTree");
-    txtSearchText = document.getElementById("txtSearchText");
-    chkSortByTitle = document.getElementById("chkSortByTitle");
-
-    // The sizes are bit off in FireFox
-    if(!isIE)
-        divNavOpts.style.width = divSearchOpts.style.width =
-            divIndexOpts.style.width = 292;
-
-    ResizeTree();
-    SyncTOC();
-
-    // Use an alternate default page if a topic is specified in
-    // the query string.
-    var queryString = document.location.search;
-
-    if(queryString != "")
-    {
-        var idx, options = queryString.split(/[\?\=\&]/);
-
-        for(idx = 0; idx < options.length; idx++)
-            if(options[idx] == "topic" && idx + 1 < options.length)
-            {
-                topicContent.src = options[idx + 1];
-                break;
-            }
-    }
-}
-
-//============================================================================
-// Navigation and expand/collaps code
-
-// Synchronize the table of content with the selected page if possible
-function SyncTOC()
-{
-    var idx, anchor, base, href, url, anchors, treeNode, saveNode;
-
-    base = window.location.href;
-    base = base.substr(0, base.lastIndexOf("/") + 1);
-
-    if(base.substr(0, 5) == "file:" && base.substr(0, 8) != "file:///")
-        base = base.replace("file://", "file:///");
-
-    url = GetCurrentUrl();
-    if(url == "")
-        return false;
-
-    if(url.substr(0, 5) == "file:" && url.substr(0, 8) != "file:///")
-        url = url.replace("file://", "file:///");
-
-    while(true)
-    {
-        anchors = divTree.getElementsByTagName("A");
-        anchor = null;
-
-        for(idx = 0; idx < anchors.length; idx++)
-        {
-            href = anchors[idx].href;
-
-            if(href.substring(0, 7) != 'http://' &&
-              href.substring(0, 8) != 'https://' &&
-              href.substring(0, 7) != 'file://')
-                href = base + href;
-
-            if(href == url)
-            {
-                anchor = anchors[idx];
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if(anchor == null)
-        {
-            // If it contains a "#", strip anything after that and try again
-            if(url.indexOf("#") != -1)
-            {
-                url = url.substr(0, url.indexOf("#"));
-                continue;
-            }
-
-            return;
-        }
-
-        break;
-    }
-
-    // If found, select it and find the parent tree node
-    SelectNode(anchor);
-    saveNode = anchor;
-    lastNode = null;
-
-    while(anchor != null)
-    {
-        if(anchor.className == "TreeNode")
-        {
-            treeNode = anchor;
-            break;
-        }
-
-        anchor = anchor.parentNode;
-    }
-
-    // Expand it and all of its parents
-    while(anchor != null)
-    {
-        Expand(anchor);
-
-        anchor = anchor.parentNode;
-
-        while(anchor != null)
-        {
-            if(anchor.className == "TreeNode")
-                break;
-
-            anchor = anchor.parentNode;
-        }
-    }
-
-    lastNode = saveNode;
-
-    // Scroll the node into view
-    var windowTop = lastNode.offsetTop - divTree.offsetTop - divTree.scrollTop;
-    var windowBottom = divTree.clientHeight - windowTop - lastNode.offsetHeight;
-
-    if(windowTop < 0)
-        divTree.scrollTop += windowTop - 30;
-    else
-        if(windowBottom < 0)
-            divTree.scrollTop -= windowBottom - 30;
-}
-
-// Get the currently loaded URL from the IFRAME
-function GetCurrentUrl()
-{
-    var base, url = "";
-
-    try
-    {
-        url = window.frames["TopicContent"].document.URL.replace(/\\/g, "/");
-    }
-    catch(e)
-    {
-        // If this happens the user probably navigated to another frameset
-        // that didn't make itself the topmost frameset and we don't have
-        // control of the other frame anymore.  In that case, just reload
-        // our index page.
-        base = window.location.href;
-        base = base.substr(0, base.lastIndexOf("/") + 1);
-
-        if(base.substr(0, 5) == "file:" && base.substr(0, 8) != "file:///")
-            base = base.replace("file://", "file:///");
-
-        if(base.substr(0, 5) == "file:")
-            top.location.href = base + "Index.html";
-        else
-            top.location.href = base + "Index.aspx";
-    }
-
-    return url;
-}
-
-// Expand or collapse all nodes
-function ExpandOrCollapseAll(expandNodes)
-{
-    var divIdx, childIdx, img, divs = document.getElementsByTagName("DIV");
-    var childNodes, child, div, link, img;
-
-    for(divIdx = 0; divIdx < divs.length; divIdx++)
-        if(divs[divIdx].className == "Hidden" ||
-          divs[divIdx].className == "Visible")
-        {
-            childNodes = divs[divIdx].parentNode.childNodes;
-
-            for(childIdx = 0; childIdx < childNodes.length; childIdx++)
-            {
-                child = childNodes[childIdx];
-
-                if(child.className == "TreeNodeImg")
-                    img = child;
-
-                if(child.className == "Hidden" || child.className == "Visible")
-                {
-                    div = child;
-                    break;
-                }
-            }
-
-            if(div.className == "Visible" && !expandNodes)
-            {
-                div.className = "Hidden";
-                img.src = "Collapsed.gif";
-            }
-            else
-                if(div.className == "Hidden" && expandNodes)
-                {
-                    div.className = "Visible";
-                    img.src = "Expanded.gif";
-
-                    if(div.innerHTML == "")
-                        FillNode(div, true)
-                }
-        }
-}
-
-// Toggle the state of the specified node
-function Toggle(node)
-{
-    var i, childNodes, child, div, link;
-
-    childNodes = node.parentNode.childNodes;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < childNodes.length; i++)
-    {
-        child = childNodes[i];
-
-        if(child.className == "Hidden" || child.className == "Visible")
-        {
-            div = child;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if(div.className == "Visible")
-    {
-        div.className = "Hidden";
-        node.src = "Collapsed.gif";
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        div.className = "Visible";
-        node.src = "Expanded.gif";
-
-        if(div.innerHTML == "")
-            FillNode(div, false)
-    }
-}
-
-// Expand the selected node
-function Expand(node)
-{
-    var i, childNodes, child, div, img;
-
-    // If not valid, don't bother
-    if(GetCurrentUrl() == "")
-        return false;
-
-    if(node.tagName == "A")
-        childNodes = node.parentNode.childNodes;
-    else
-        childNodes = node.childNodes;
-
-    for(i = 0; i < childNodes.length; i++)
-    {
-        child = childNodes[i];
-
-        if(child.className == "TreeNodeImg")
-            img = child;
-
-        if(child.className == "Hidden" || child.className == "Visible")
-        {
-            div = child;
-            break;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if(lastNode != null)
-        lastNode.className = "UnselectedNode";
-
-    div.className = "Visible";
-    img.src = "Expanded.gif";
-
-    if(node.tagName == "A")
-    {
-        node.className = "SelectedNode";
-        lastNode = node;
-    }
-
-    if(div.innerHTML == "")
-        FillNode(div, false)
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-// Set the style of the specified node to "selected"
-function SelectNode(node)
-{
-    // If not valid, don't bother
-    if(GetCurrentUrl() == "")
-        return false;
-
-    if(lastNode != null)
-        lastNode.className = "UnselectedNode";
-
-    node.className = "SelectedNode";
-    lastNode = node;
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-//============================================================================
-// Ajax-related code used to fill the tree nodes on demand
-
-function GetXmlHttpRequest()
-{
-    var xmlHttp = null;
-
-    // If IE7, Mozilla, Safari, etc., use the native object.
-    // Otherwise, use the ActiveX control for IE5.x and IE6.
-    if(window.XMLHttpRequest)
-        xmlHttp = new XMLHttpRequest();
-    else
-        if(window.ActiveXObject)
-            xmlHttp = new ActiveXObject("MSXML2.XMLHTTP.3.0");
-
-    return xmlHttp;
-}
-
-// Perform an AJAX-style request for the contents of a node and put the
-// contents into the empty div.
-function FillNode(div, expandChildren)
-{
-    var xmlHttp = GetXmlHttpRequest(), now = new Date();
-
-    if(xmlHttp == null)
-    {
-        div.innerHTML = "XML HTTP request not supported!";
-        return;
-    }
-
-    div.innerHTML = "Loading...";
-
-    // Add a unique hash to ensure it doesn't use cached results
-    xmlHttp.open("GET", "FillNode.aspx?Id=" + div.id + "&hash=" +
-        now.getTime(), true);
-
-    xmlHttp.onreadystatechange = function()
-    {
-        if(xmlHttp.readyState == 4)
-        {
-            div.innerHTML = xmlHttp.responseText;
-
-            if(expandChildren)
-                ExpandOrCollapseAll(true);
-        }
-    }
-
-    xmlHttp.send(null)
-}
-
-//============================================================================
-// Resizing code
-
-// Resize the tree div so that it fills the document body
-function ResizeTree()
-{
-    var y, newHeight;
-
-    if(self.innerHeight)    // All but IE
-        y = self.innerHeight;
-    else    // IE - Strict
-        if(document.documentElement && document.documentElement.clientHeight)
-            y = document.documentElement.clientHeight;
-        else    // Everything else
-            if(document.body)
-                y = document.body.clientHeight;
-
-    newHeight = y - parseInt(divNavOpts.style.height, 10) - 6;
-
-    if(newHeight < 50)
-        newHeight = 50;
-
-    divTree.style.height = newHeight;
-
-    newHeight = y - parseInt(divSearchOpts.style.height, 10) - 6;
-
-    if(newHeight < 100)
-        newHeight = 100;
-
-    divSearchResults.style.height = newHeight;
-
-    newHeight = y - parseInt(divIndexOpts.style.height, 10) - 6;
-
-    if(newHeight < 25)
-        newHeight = 25;
-
-    divIndexResults.style.height = newHeight;
-
-    // Resize the content div
-    ResizeContent();
-}
-
-// Resize the content div
-function ResizeContent()
-{
-    if(isIE)
-        maxWidth = docBody.clientWidth;
-    else
-        maxWidth = docBody.clientWidth - 4;
-
-    topicContent.style.width = maxWidth - (divSizer.offsetLeft +
-        divSizer.offsetWidth);
-    maxWidth -= minWidth;
-}
-
-// This is called to prepare for dragging the sizer div
-function OnMouseDown(event)
-{
-    var x;
-
-    // Make sure the splitter is at the top of the z-index
-    divSizer.style.zIndex = 5000;
-
-    // The content is in an IFRAME which steals mouse events so
-    // hide it while resizing.
-    topicContent.style.display = "none";
-
-    if(isIE)
-        x = window.event.clientX + document.documentElement.scrollLeft +
-            document.body.scrollLeft;
-    else
-        x = event.clientX + window.scrollX;
-
-    // Save starting offset
-    offset = parseInt(divSizer.style.left, 10);
-
-    if(isNaN(offset))
-        offset = 0;
-
-    offset -= x;
-
-    if(isIE)
-    {
-        document.attachEvent("onmousemove", OnMouseMove);
-        document.attachEvent("onmouseup", OnMouseUp);
-        window.event.cancelBubble = true;
-        window.event.returnValue = false;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        document.addEventListener("mousemove", OnMouseMove, true);
-        document.addEventListener("mouseup", OnMouseUp, true);
-        event.preventDefault();
-    }
-}
-
-// Resize the TOC and content divs as the sizer is dragged
-function OnMouseMove(event)
-{
-    var x, pos;
-
-    // Get cursor position with respect to the page
-    if(isIE)
-        x = window.event.clientX + document.documentElement.scrollLeft +
-            document.body.scrollLeft;
-    else
-        x = event.clientX + window.scrollX;
-
-    left = offset + x;
-
-    // Adjusts the width of the TOC divs
-    pos = (event.clientX > maxWidth) ? maxWidth :
-        (event.clientX < minWidth) ? minWidth : event.clientX;
-
-    divTOC.style.width = divSearchResults.style.width =
-        divIndexResults.style.width = divTree.style.width = pos;
-
-    if(!isIE)
-        pos -= 8;
-
-    divNavOpts.style.width = divSearchOpts.style.width =
-        divIndexOpts.style.width = pos;
-
-    // Resize the content div to fit in the remaining space
-    ResizeContent();
-}
-
-// Finish the drag operation when the mouse button is released
-function OnMouseUp(event)
-{
-    if(isIE)
-    {
-        document.detachEvent("onmousemove", OnMouseMove);
-        document.detachEvent("onmouseup", OnMouseUp);
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        document.removeEventListener("mousemove", OnMouseMove, true);
-        document.removeEventListener("mouseup", OnMouseUp, true);
-    }
-
-    // Show the content div again
-    topicContent.style.display = "inline";
-}
-
-//============================================================================
-// Search code
-
-function ShowHideSearch(show)
-{
-    if(show)
-    {
-        divNavOpts.style.display = divTree.style.display = "none";
-        divSearchOpts.style.display = divSearchResults.style.display = "";
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        divSearchOpts.style.display = divSearchResults.style.display = "none";
-        divNavOpts.style.display = divTree.style.display = "";
-    }
-}
-
-// When enter is hit in the search text box, do the search
-function OnSearchTextKeyPress(evt)
-{
-    if(evt.keyCode == 13)
-    {
-        PerformSearch();
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-// Perform a keyword search
-function PerformSearch()
-{
-    var xmlHttp = GetXmlHttpRequest(), now = new Date();
-
-    if(xmlHttp == null)
-    {
-        divSearchResults.innerHTML = "XML HTTP request not supported!";
-        return;
-    }
-
-    divSearchResults.innerHTML = "Searching...";
-
-    // Add a unique hash to ensure it doesn't use cached results
-    xmlHttp.open("GET", "SearchHelp.aspx?Keywords=" + txtSearchText.value +
-        "&SortByTitle=" + (chkSortByTitle.checked ? "true" : "false") +
-        "&hash=" + now.getTime(), true);
-
-    xmlHttp.onreadystatechange = function()
-    {
-        if(xmlHttp.readyState == 4)
-        {
-            divSearchResults.innerHTML = xmlHttp.responseText;
-
-            lastSearchNode = divSearchResults.childNodes[0].childNodes[1];
-
-            if(lastSearchNode != null)
-            {
-                if(lastSearchNode.tagName != "A")
-                    lastSearchNode = lastSearchNode.nextSibling;
-
-                SelectSearchNode(lastSearchNode);
-                topicContent.src = lastSearchNode.href;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    xmlHttp.send(null)
-}
-
-// Set the style of the specified search result node to "selected"
-function SelectSearchNode(node)
-{
-    if(lastSearchNode != null)
-        lastSearchNode.className = "UnselectedNode";
-
-    node.className = "SelectedNode";
-    lastSearchNode = node;
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-//============================================================================
-// KeyWordIndex code
-
-function ShowHideIndex(show)
-{
-    if(show)
-    {
-        PopulateIndex(currentIndexPage);
-
-        divNavOpts.style.display = divTree.style.display = "none";
-        divIndexOpts.style.display = divIndexResults.style.display = "";
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        divIndexOpts.style.display = divIndexResults.style.display = "none";
-        divNavOpts.style.display = divTree.style.display = "";
-    }
-}
-
-// Populate keyword index
-function PopulateIndex(startIndex)
-{
-    var xmlHttp = GetXmlHttpRequest(), now = new Date();
-    var firstNode;
-
-    if(xmlHttp == null)
-    {
-        divIndexResults.innerHTML = "XML HTTP request not supported!";
-        return;
-    }
-
-    divIndexResults.innerHTML = "Loading " +
-        "keyword index...";
-
-    // Add a unique hash to ensure it doesn't use cached results
-    xmlHttp.open("GET", "LoadIndexKeywords.aspx?StartIndex=" + startIndex +
-      "&hash=" + now.getTime(), true);
-
-    xmlHttp.onreadystatechange = function()
-    {
-        if(xmlHttp.readyState == 4)
-        {
-            divIndexResults.innerHTML = xmlHttp.responseText;
-
-            if(startIndex > 0)
-            {
-                firstNode = divIndexResults.childNodes[1];
-
-                if(firstNode != null && !firstNode.innerHTML)
-                    firstNode = divIndexResults.childNodes[2];
-            }
-            else
-                firstNode = divIndexResults.childNodes[0];
-
-            if(firstNode != null)
-                lastIndexNode = firstNode.childNodes[0];
-
-            if(lastIndexNode != null)
-            {
-                if(lastIndexNode.tagName != "A")
-                    lastIndexNode = lastIndexNode.nextSibling;
-
-                SelectIndexNode(lastIndexNode);
-                topicContent.src = lastIndexNode.href;
-            }
-
-            currentIndexPage = startIndex;
-        }
-    }
-
-    xmlHttp.send(null)
-}
-
-// Set the style of the specified keyword index node to "selected"
-function SelectIndexNode(node)
-{
-    if(lastIndexNode != null)
-        lastIndexNode.className = "UnselectedNode";
-
-    node.className = "SelectedNode";
-    lastIndexNode = node;
-
-    return true;
-}
-
-// Changes the current page with keyword index forward or backward
-function ChangeIndexPage(direction)
-{
-    PopulateIndex(currentIndexPage + direction);
-
-    return false;
-}
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Web.Config b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Web.Config
deleted file mode 100644
index 3fbfb3a7..00000000
--- a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/Web/Web.Config	
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-
-
-  
-    
-    
-      
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-        
-      
-    
-  
-
diff --git a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/WeifenLuo.WinFormsUI.Docking.dll b/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/WeifenLuo.WinFormsUI.Docking.dll
deleted file mode 100644
index cefa332d..00000000
Binary files a/tools/Sandcastle Help File Builder/WeifenLuo.WinFormsUI.Docking.dll and /dev/null differ